Quarterlytics / Technology / Blancco Technology Group plc

Blancco Technology Group plc

bltg · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bltg
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Blancco Technology Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
R

e

g

e

n

e

r

s

i

s

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

5

S

t

o

c

k

C

o

d

e

:

R

G

S

Annual Report and Accounts
for the year ended 30 June 2015
Stock Code: RGS

Supporting The Life Cycle  
Of Technology

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who We Are

Regenersis is a global provider of diagnostics, repair and 
data erasure services to the consumer electronics industry. 
We help our clients and their customers successfully deploy, 
protect, maintain, and retire technology.

Key Strengths

•	 Ability to combine our capabilities in innovative ways, tailored to individual 

client needs

•	 Delivering unique service propositions that reinforce trust in our clients’ brands 

and create value for our business partners and shareholders

•	 Execution of key services that improve customer experience and add value to 
technology assets to differentiate their brands and increase customer loyalty

•	 Unique position in a market that is experiencing explosive growth, addressing 

the increasing need for sophisticated technology and user support

See our Business Model on page 12

Read more in The Opportunity on page 16

Navigating the Report

For	further	information	within	this	
document	and	relevant	page	numbers

Additional	information	online

Visit us online www.regenersis.com

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

In This Report

Our Depot Solutions Division operates  
client oriented electronic repair and  
refurbishment facilities around the world, 
being one of the leading operators 
in this field. 

Contents

Strategic Report

Financial Highlights and Timeline of Events 2014-15

Chairman’s Statement

Group at a Glance

Our Business Model

Our Markets

The Opportunity

Our Strategy

Business Review

Key Performance Indicators

Risk Management

Read more about our Depot Solutions on page 10

Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability

&

Our Software and Advanced 
Solutions Division comprises innovative 
refurbishment and device management 
businesses, which benefit from 
Regenersis’ global presence and client 
relationships in Depot Solutions.

Included within this division:

Our Governance

Directors and Advisers

Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Software contains Blancco, a business which 
is the global market leader in securely erasing 
data from devices.

Read more about our Software and Advanced Solutions on page 10

Read more about Blancco on page 10

Our Financials

Independent Auditors’ Report

Primary Statements

Notes to the Accounts

Company Balance Sheet

Notes to the Company Accounts

Shareholder Information

Notice of AGM

Glossary

Locations

2

6

10

12

14

16

18

22

30

32

36

44

47

49

54

61

65

68

72

76

121

122

130

136

IBC

1

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Financial Highlights

Revenue
£202.6m

2014:	£197.5m

139.9

123.8

197.5

202.6

179.7

3%

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Headline  
Operating Profit
£15.4m

2014:	£11.0m

40%

15.4

11.0

9.5

7.8

6.3

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Headline Operating 
Cash Flow
£11.6m
157%

2014:	£4.5m

3.3

2011

12.9

11.6

5.9

4.5

Adjusted Earnings  
per Share
16.19p

12.26

2014:	16.16p

16.80

16.16

16.19

13.50

2012

2013

2014

2015

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Timeline of Events 
2014-15

July 14

September 14

October 14

&

Opening	of	new	
site	in	Belgium

Read about  
our clients   
on page 13

Launch	of	Digital	
Care	programme		
with	largest	operator	
in	Poland

Acquisition	
of	SafeIT

Opening	of	Czech	
Republic	site

Read about  
SafeIT on  
page 21

Read about  
our locations   
on page 17

Additional		
investment	in	
Xcaliber

Buy	out	of	non	
controlling	interest	in	
Blancco Sweden	
and	Blancco US

2

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSSoftware (HOP)
£5.4m

2014:	£0.5m

69%

(proforma	annualised	result)

5.4

HOP before  
Corporate Costs
£20.6m

2014:	£15.6m

20.6

15.6

11.7

9.0

9.6

Nil

Nil

Nil

0.5

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

32%

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Software & Advanced 
Solutions (HOP)
£12.0m

12.0

7.5

2014:	£7.5m

60%

2.4

2.9

3.6

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Read more in our Business Review 
from page 22

January 15

June 15

August 15

September 15

New	Aftermarket 
Services	CEO	
appointed

Read about  
our management 
team  on page 44

New	Software	
CEO	appointed

Buy	out	of	
non	controlling	
interest	in	
Blancco 
Central Europe

Opening	of	new	
site	in	Netherlands	
to	service	volumes	
in	Holland	and	
Germany

Read about  
our locations   
on page 17

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Acquisition	of	
Tabernus 

Read about  
M&A in our 
Business Model   
on page 12

3

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportSupporting The Life Cycle  
Of Technology

4

24338-04	AR2015	Concept	7/8/2015

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Strategic Report

Financial Highlights and Timeline  
of Events 2014-15

Chairman’s Statement

Group at a Glance

Our Business Model

Our Markets

The Opportunity

Our Strategy

Business Review

Key Performance Indicators

Risk Management

Corporate Social Responsibility  
and Sustainability

2

6

10

12

14

16

18

22

30

32

36

24338-04	AR2015	Concept	7/8/2015

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

5

Chairman’s Statement

I am pleased to report Regenersis’ final results 
for the year to 30 June 2015.

Results
Revenue	for	the	Group	in	the	year	
was	£202.6	million	(2014:	£197.5	
million),	an	increase	of	2.6%,	while	
measured	at	constant	exchange	
rates	the	growth	was	13.6%. 	
Headline	Operating	Profit	(“HOP”,	as	
defined	in	note	1.18	to	the	accounts)	
was	£15.4	million	(2014:	£11.0	
million),	a	rise	of	40%,	or	52.7%	at	
constant	exchange	rates.

Adjusted	earnings	per	share	were	
16.19p	(2014:	16.16p). 	Under	
constant	currency,	adjusted	EPS	
grew	by	11.9%.

Further	details	of	these	results,	
including	the	effect	of	currency	
movements,	are	contained	in	the	
Group	Financial	Review.

Software and Advanced 
Solutions
Divisional	revenue	of	£48.3	million	
(2014:	£46.3	million)	showed	a	year	
on	year	increase	of	4.3%	(10.2%	at	
constant	exchange	rates). 	Divisional	
HOP	of	£12.0	million	(2014:	£7.5	
million)	showed	a	year	on	year	
increase	of	60%	(69.3%	at	constant	
exchange	rates).

The	activities	of	the	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	Division	are	
presented	below	split	between	Digital	
Security	Software,	and	Advanced	
Solutions:	Other.

Digital Security Software
Digital Security Software includes 
the data erasure software business 
Blancco, and a 49% minority stake 
in Xcaliber Technologies (“Xcaliber”), 
a provider of smartphone diagnostic 
and issue resolution software. 
Blancco has fully integrated SafeIT, 
acquired in September 2014.

Blancco	addresses	the	increasing	
enterprise	focus	on	information	
security,	driven	by	many	factors	
including	high-profile	data	breaches	
and	tough	new	regulation.	Blancco	
delivers	a	unique	data	erasure	
proposition	across	the	widest	range	

of	devices	and	network	storage	
environments.	For	its	clients,	Blancco	
typically	replaces	existing	data	
destruction	approaches	which	are	
not	permanent,	certified,	auditable,	
or	centrally-managed,	or	which	result	
in	the	physical	destruction	of	valuable	
assets.	The	approach	is	relevant	to	
materially	all	enterprises	in	the	world,	
resulting	in	a	multi-billion	dollar	target	
addressable	market	for	the	business.	
Blancco’s	data	erasure	revenues	are	
more	than	seven	times	larger	than	
those	of	its	nearest	competitor.

Since	acquiring	Blancco	in	April	
2014,	Regenersis	has	focused	
on	building	the	new	management	
team	and	strategy,	strengthening	
the	business	through	M&A,	and	on	
profitable	revenue	growth.

Blancco	contributed	revenue	of	
£15.0	million	(since	acquisition	in	
April	2014:	£2.4	million;	2014	full	
year	equivalent:	£11.5	million)	and	
HOP	of	£5.4	million	(since	acquisition	
in	April	2014:	£0.5	million;	2014	full	
year	equivalent:	£3.2	million)	during	
the	period.	Annual	revenue	growth	
on	a	pro	forma	basis	at	constant	
exchange	rates	was	40.9%.	Growth	
accelerated	in	the	second	half	as	
expected,	with	revenue	growth	in	the	
second	half	(versus	the	equivalent	
period	in	2014)	up	59%.	Growth	
was	driven	by	an	increase	in	the	
number	of	clients	and	in	erasure	
volumes	especially	on	newer	product	
sets	including	Blancco	Mobile	and	
Blancco	Live	Environment	Erasure,	
and	some	targeted	price	increases.

Blancco	engaged	a	new	CEO	in	
January	2015.	Patrick	J	Clawson	
brings	more	than	20	years	of	
experience	in	the	security	software	
sector.	Previous	roles	include	
Chairman	and	CEO	of	enterprise	
firewall	provider	Cyberguard	Corp;	
and	Chairman	and	CEO	of	enterprise	
endpoint	security	provider	Lumension.	
Since	his	appointment,	Pat	has	
made	several	other	senior	hires	and	
relocated	Software’s	headquarters	

“The Group has 
delivered a strong 
performance this 
year across its 
businesses. The 
highlight has been 
the performance of 
Blancco in its first full 
year as part of the 
Group”

Matthew Peacock 
Executive	Chairman	

6

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSfrom	Finland	to	Atlanta,	Georgia,	
where	it	is	better	positioned	to	
address	the	US	market	and	major	IT	
sector	partners,	and	where	it	is	now	
co-located	with	Xcaliber.	A	video	
introducing	Pat	Clawson	and	the	
vision	for	the	Blancco	business	is	
available	here:	http://www.regenersis.
com/investors/reports-presentations.

Blancco	acquired	SafeIT	for	
£1.4	million	in	September	2014,	
expanding	its	product	portfolio	into	
data	centre	and	cloud	erasure	over	
networks,	and	has	fully	integrated	
this	business.	

In	April	2015,	Blancco	was	awarded	
a	Europe-wide	patent	for	its	solid	
state	drive	(SSD)	erasure	method.	In	
the	company’s	view,	this	is	the	only	
universal	method	to	reliably	erase	the	
broad	range	of	different	brands	and	
models	of	SSD	drive	available	in	the	
market.	SSD	drives,	typically	used	in	
premium-priced	laptops	and	other	IT	
equipment,	are	rapidly	growing	their	
share	of	the	storage	market.	

In	2016,	Blancco’s	aim	is	to	maintain	
its	rate	of	progress	in	growing	sales	
and	is	investing	in	scaling	its	team	
and	operations.

Xcaliber	focused	in	the	second	half	
of	the	financial	year	on	successfully	
deploying	its	new	contract	with	a	
major	US	carrier	to	deliver	in-store	
diagnostics.	This	operation	has	
performed	well,	providing	a	large-
scale	proven	use-case	and	business	
case	for	the	software,	and	resulting	in	
opportunities	for	significant	expansion	
in	2016.	In	2015,	Xcaliber	also	
installed	its	software	into	the	depot	
production	facilities	of	the	top	mobile	
phone	manufacturer	in	India.	In	2016,	
Xcaliber	is	focused	on	winning	clients	
and	reaching	profitability.

Xcaliber	and	Blancco	together	
address	two	fundamental	hygiene	
factors	associated	with	using	
smartphones,	maintaining	device	
functionality	and	data	security.	In	May	

2015	Blancco	launched	an	integrated	
smartphone	diagnostic	solution	
incorporating	Xcaliber	technology,	
targeted	at	clients	who	perform	both	
data	erasure	and	functionality	tests	
on	devices	in	a	single	high-volume	
process.	This	product	is	operating	at	
large	scale	with	a	lead	client	in	the	
APAC	region	and	demand	elsewhere	
is	encouraging.

Advanced Solutions: Other
Advanced Solutions: Other includes 
Regenersis’ Set Top Box diagnostics 
business which provides objective 
automated equipment test solutions 
including the In-Field Tester; 
and Digital Care, which provides 
smartphone accidental damage 
insurance programmes in partnership 
with insurance underwriters. 
We consider this business to be 
Aftermarket Services activity.

This	business	(Advanced	Solutions:	
Other)	in	aggregate	contributed	
revenue	of	£33.3	million	(2014:	
£43.9	million),	a	decrease	of	
24.1%,	reflecting	the	wind	down	
and	subsequent	disposal	of	the	
Group’s	Recommerce	business	
from	the	end	of	2014.	Recommerce	
delivered	£16.0	million	of	revenue	in	
2014	and	no	significant	revenue	in	
2015.	Excluding	Recommerce,	the	
business	achieved	revenue	growth	of	
19.4%	in	2015.

Advanced	Solutions:	Other,	in	
aggregate	contributed	HOP	of	
£6.6	million	(2014:	£7.0	million),	a	
decrease	of	5.7%.	Excluding	the	
contribution	of	Recommerce	in	2014	
(revenue	of	£16	million	and	HOP	of	
£1.6	million)	HOP	grew	by	22.2%.

The	Set	Top	Box	Diagnostics	
businesses	successfully	scaled	up	
a	new	site	operation	in	Belgium	
in	2015,	and	grew	its	sales	in	the	
USA,	but	tested	smaller	overall	
volumes	of	boxes	in	the	UK	as	a	
result	of	changes	in	the	equipment	
base	of	its	largest	client.	During	the	
year	the	business	also	extended	its	

contract	with	Liberty	Global	and,	
in	a	significant	competitive	win	for	
the	business,	a	new	facility	is	under	
construction	in	Holland	to	take	on	
the	Western	European	volumes	of	
this	client.	In	2016,	the	business	
will	continue	to	focus	on	expanding	
business	with	its	key	clients	in	
Europe	and	the	USA.

In	Digital	Care,	as	expected,	the	
focus	was	on	successfully	managing	
the	ramp	up	of	clients	in	Poland.	The	
policy	base	grew	from	c.0.2	million	at	
the	start	of	the	year	to	c.0.4	million	at	
the	end	of	December	2014	and	c.0.7	
million	at	the	end	of	the	year.	The	
majority	of	growth	in	2015	was	driven	
by	a	single	client,	with	other	clients	in	
preparation	and	pilot	phases	during	
the	period.	However	new	large-
scale	programmes	went	live	for	two	
major	clients	in	June	2015,	which	
will	increase	growth	in	2016.	In	2016	
Digital	Care	will	focus	on	scaling	up	
successfully	with	existing	clients	in	
Poland	and	on	winning	new	business	
in	other	countries.

Depot Solutions
Our Depot Solutions Division operates 
electronic repair and refurbishment 
around the world, and is one of the 
leading global operators in this field. 
We also consider this business to be 
Aftermarket Services activity.

Depot	Solutions’	revenues	were	
£154.3	million	(2014:	£151.2	million),	
an	increase	of	2.1%	(increase	of	
14.6%	at	constant	exchange	rates).	
Headline	Operating	Profit	of	£8.6	
million	(2014:	£8.1	million)	increased	
by	6.2%	(increase	of	18.5%	at	
constant	exchange	rates)	and	
increased	by	15.4%	in	the	second	
half	of	the	year	compared	to	the	
equivalent	prior	period	(30.8%	at	
constant	exchange	rates). 

Two	significant	negatives	affected	
financial	growth	in	2015:	firstly,	the	
need	to	offset	the	impact	of	a	strong	
pound	sterling	against	our	mostly	
non-sterling	income,	as	shown	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

7

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportChairman’s Statement continued

above	and	secondly,	the	need	to	
replace	revenue	lost	when	we	closed	
our	UK	mobile	business	in	2014.	
Notwithstanding	these	headwinds,	
new	business	wins	drove	overall	
growth	in	revenue	and	HOP.

In	the	first	half	of	the	year	business	
representing	an	estimated	annual	£32	
million	of	revenue	when	implemented	
and	fully	operational	was	won.	In	the	
second	half	of	the	financial	year,	a	
further	£16	million	of	revenue	was	
won	on	the	same	basis.	Business	
wins	in	the	second	half	of	the	financial	
year	included	a	large	contract	with	a	
German	insurer,	a	contract	to	deliver	
repairs	for	corporate	clients	of	one	of	
the	largest	global	smartphone	OEMs,	
and	several	contracts	with	fast-
growing	Chinese	OEMs.

Set	against	this	progress	as	
announced	in	July	2015,	one	of	
Regenersis’s	large	clients	intends	to	
consolidate	its	European	business	
with	another	supplier,	which	is	
anticipated	to	adversely	impact	Depot	
Solutions	performance	in	the	2016	
financial	year.		This	reflects	an	ongoing	
consolidation	trend	in	the	sector,	of	
which	Depot	Solutions	has	frequently	
been	a	beneficiary	in	recent	years.

Our	new	facilities	in	Lisbon,	
Memphis,	the	Czech	Republic	
and	Moscow	have	scaled	up	
as	expected,	creating	a	strong	
foundation	for	growth	through	2016.

There	was	also	continued	investment	
in	our	advanced	technical	capabilities	
and	global	IT	integration	to	
differentiate	and	protect	our	future	
business,	including	an	advanced	
LCD	screen	delamination/re-
lamination	and	refurbishment	facility	
in	Romania,	Europe’s	first	facility	of	
this	type;	the	introduction	of	B2B	
operations	to	the	United	States	
(Memphis);	and	the	installation	of	
Xcaliber	smartphone	diagnostic	
systems	in	the	Group’s	largest	mobile	
phone	repair	facilities.

Since	the	beginning	of	calendar	year	
2015,	the	Depot	Solutions	Division	
has	been	focused	on	consolidating	
its	new	business	and	facilities,	and	
reducing	costs	to	improve	underlying	
profitability.	This	remains	the	focus	
going	into	2016.

Corporate actions and 
M&A update
In	September	2014,	Regenersis	
acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	
of	SafeIT	Security	Sweden	AB	
(“SafeIT”)	for	SEK	16.0	million	(£1.4	
million).	SafeIT	is	a	leading	specialist	
cloud	data	erasure	business	in	the	
emerging	field	of	virtual,	server,	
and	data	centre	remote	erasure	
management.	Its	services	and	
solutions	help	clients	to	pin-point	and	
permanently	erase	data	in	complex	
virtual	cloud	environments.	SafeIT	
and	its	product	set	have	been	fully	
integrated	into	Blancco,	and	this	is	
expected	to	drive	an	exciting	part	of	
the	growth	of	Blancco	in	2016.	

During	the	year,	the	Group	has	
undertaken	several	separate	small	
transactions	to	consolidate	its	
ownership	of	the	Blancco	network,	
purchasing	the	remaining	equity	
stakes	in	Blancco	Sweden	SFO,	
Blancco	US	LLC	and	Blancco	Central	
Europe	GmbH	for	a	combined	
consideration	of	£1.2	million.

In	July	2014,	Regenersis	increased	
its	equity	stake	in	Xcaliber	to	49%	
by	injecting	$3.25	million	of	cash	
funding	into	the	business.	Xcaliber	and	
Blancco	have	several	significant	areas	
of	synergy,	including	the	opportunity	
to	launch	bundled	smartphone	
diagnostics	and	erasure	propositions,	
and	to	share	sales	and	operational	
resources.	Together	they	represent	a	
unique	proposition	to	clients.

In	September	2015,	Regenersis	
acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	
of	Tabernus	LLC	and	Tabernus	
Europe	Limited	(together	“Tabernus”),	
a	privately	owned	provider	of	

software	erasure.	With	the	majority	
of	its	revenue	in	the	USA,	Tabernus	
is	the	USA	market	leader.		The	
consideration	was	$12	million	(£7.6	
million)	comprising	cash	payment	
of	$10	million	(£6.3	million)	funded	
through	the	Group	revolver	facility	
and	a	maximum	of	$2	million	(£1.3	
million)	in	deferred	cash	consideration	
payable	after	2	years.	On	a	trailing	
twelve	month	basis	Tabernus	had	
revenues	of	$3.0	million	(£1.9	million),	
growing	at	strong	double-digit	rates,	
and	an	operating	profit	of	$0.4	million	
(£0.3	million).	Tabernus	is	the	global	
number	two	competitor	in	software	
data	erasure,	further	strengthening	
Blancco’s	global	market	position	and	
expanding	its	product	portfolio	in	
certain	attractive	niches.

Strategy update  
The	Group	has	evolved	significantly	
in	recent	years	and	now	comprises	
two	main	businesses	(Digital	Security	
Software,	and	Aftermarket	Services)	
with	distinct	characteristics.	To	reflect	
this	and	with	our	strategic	initiatives	
in	mind,	we	have	restructured	
executive	leadership,	with	a	CEO	
for	each	of	these	businesses,	and	
the	Board	is	now	exploring	various	
strategic	alternatives	that	include	
the	potential	sale	of	the	Aftermarket	
Services	business.

1. Digital Security Software
The	Group’s	software	assets	
(including	Blancco,	SafeIT,	
Xcaliber	and	Tabernus)	address	
the	huge	challenge	for	enterprises	
of	maintaining	usability	and	data	
security	across	a	wide	range	
of	networked	devices.	These	
businesses	are	based	on	an	
intangible	asset	base	and	they	have	
the	benefit	of	scaling	without	a	direct	
requirement	for	additional	operational	
investment	or	complexity.	

8

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSBlancco	is	the	clear	global	market	
leader	in	a	rapidly	growing	sector	
with	an	addressable	market	
potentially	comprising	the	entire	
global	Enterprise	market,	as	
companies	seek	to	improve	security,	
reduce	risk	of	data	breaches,	and	
ensure	compliance	with	demanding	
regulations.

focus	on	profitability	and	cash	flow	
in	the	Depot	Solutions	business	
following	a	period	of	rapid	change	
and	expansion.	He	will	also	focus	on	
maximising	the	value	of	the	Digital	
Care	and	Set	Top	Box	Diagnostic	
businesses,	which	provide	the	
exciting	growth	ingredient	to	this	
business	grouping.

For	this	business	the	Blancco	brand	
has	significant	value.	For	this	reason,	
a	new	Blancco	Technology	Group	
identity	has	been	created,	bringing	
Blancco	to	the	fore	but	enabling	
Xcaliber	and	other	future	brands	to	
exist	alongside.	

Patrick	J	Clawson	has	taken	on	the	
role	of	CEO	of	Blancco	Technology	
Group.	Patrick	brings	deep	software	
and	security	sector	experience	and	
will	focus	on	building	a	software	
business	which	grows	rapidly	
and	profitably.	Should	the	Group	
transform	into	a	pure	software	
business	it	is	likely	that	strategy	
would	shift	to	invest	more	in	growth	
and	sector	leadership,	in	line	with	
common	practice	in	the	high-growth	
software	sector.

2. Aftermarket Services (Depot 
Solutions and Advanced 
Solutions: Other)
The	Aftermarket	Services	businesses	
(including	the	Depot	Solutions	
Division	and	the	Digital	Care	and	
Set	Top	Box	diagnostics	activities	
currently	reported	within	Advanced	
Solutions)	broadly	address	the	
problem	of	faulty	and	damaged	
hardware,	requiring	excellence	in	
complex	operational	execution	and	
building	relationships	with	global	
clients.	These	businesses	are	based	
on	a	physical	asset	base.	

Ian	Powell	has	taken	on	the	role	of	
CEO	of	the	Aftermarket	Services	
business.	Ian	was	previously	Group	
Managing	Director	of	Regenersis	in	
the	period	2011-2013.	Ian	brings	
an	outstanding	commercial	focus	
to	business	leadership.	He	will	

Regenersis	is	one	of	the	global	
market	leaders	in	the	aftermarket	
services	sector.	It	is	of	strategic	
interest	because	of	its	unrivalled	
geographic	footprint,	high-quality	
client	list,	and	innovative	higher-
margin	service	propositions	(including	
Set	Top	Box	Diagnostics	and	Digital	
Care).	Investment	bank	William	Blair	
have	been	appointed	to	advise	on	
strategic	options.

Leadership update
The	Group	has	appointed	a	CEO	for	
each	of	the	two	businesses,	Digital	
Security	Software	and	Aftermarket	
Services.	As	Chairman	this	will	allow	
me	to	focus	on	delivery	of	shareholder	
value	from	our	strategic	initiatives	and	
the	potential	transformation	of	the	
group	to	a	pure	software	business.	
We	expect	to	conclude	this	initiative	
by	March	2016,	after	which	I	will	
complete	the	transition	to	being	fully	
Non-Executive.	

I	am	pleased	to	welcome	the	two	
divisional	CEOs,	Ian	Powell	(CEO	
Aftermarket	Services)	and	Patrick	
J.	Clawson	(CEO	Digital	Security	
Software)	to	the	Group	Board.	

I	am	delighted	to	welcome	Tom	
Skelton	to	the	Group	Board	as	
a	Non-executive	Director	from	1	
October	2015.	Tom	is	a	highly	
experienced	software	CEO	and	
currently	leads	Surescripts,	a	market	
leading	US	software	business	
which	enables	over	six	billion	
annual	e-prescriptions	and	other	
healthcare	transactions	in	the	USA.	
Since	2006	he	has	been	a	Non-
executive	Director	of	leading	UK	
software	business	Micro	Focus	

International	Plc.	Tom	will	bring	deep	
software	sector	experience	and	
insight	to	the	Board.	I	would	like	to	
thank	Tom	Russell,	my	partner	at	
Hanover	Investors,	who	steps	down	
from	the	board	at	this	time,	for	his	
contributions.	

Outlook
Trading	in	the	current	financial	
year	to	date,	and	outlook	for	the	
remainder	of	the	year,	are	in	line	with	
expectations.	

Following	18	months	of	intensive	
organic	and	M&A	activity	since	
acquisition,	Blancco	is	a	much	larger	
and	stronger	business,	with	a	high	
quality	US-based	management	
team,	exciting	new	products,	an	
even	stronger	market	position,	and	a	
substantially	increased	revenue	base.	
Blancco	is	expected	to	continue	to	
grow	revenue	and	profits	rapidly	in	
FY16.

The	Aftermarket	Services	business	
(including	Depot	Solutions,	Digital	
Care	and	Set	Top	Box	diagnostics)	
is	solidly	placed	and	the	Group	
is	strongly	positioned	financially	
to	pursue	the	potential	strategic	
process	identified.	

The	Board	aims	to	successfully	
conclude	its	exploration	of	strategic	
alternatives	by	March	2016,	at	which	
point	the	Board	would	transition	from	
the	current	interim	arrangement	to	
having	a	single	Group	CEO.	

In	this	process	the	Board	is	focused	
on	both	the	delivery	of	shareholder	
value	and	a	significant	return	of	cash	
to	shareholders.

Matthew Peacock 
Executive Chairman

21	September	2015

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

9

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportGroup at a Glance

The Groups management structure is split into two divisions:

Our	Depot	Solutions	Division	is	one	of	the	world’s	
leading	operators	in	client	oriented	electronic	repair	and	
refurbishment	facilities	around	the	world.

Our	international	network	of	repair	centres	provides	
product	repair,	refurbishment,	parts	management	and	
logistics	services	for	mobile,	IT	and	B2B	infrastructure	
product	vendors,	and	their	sales	channels,	insurers	and	
end	users.

151.5

151.2

154.3

121.1

106.3

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Revenue
£154.3m

2014:	£151.2m

2%

Headline  
Operating Profit
£8.6m

2014:	£8.1m

6%

10

Operational Highlights

•	 Poland – increase in repair work across a 

number of key operators and OEMs, notably 
with significant growth in both in-warranty 
and out-of-warranty repairs.

•	 Germany – growth in B2B business by more 
than 20% through contracts with new and 
existing clients, as well as the addition of 
laptop and tablet work.

•	 Czech Republic – opening of a new site in 
June 2014 to service the Honeywell Europe 
contract.

•	 Romania – site has seen an expansion of 
set top box and media and entertainment 
products for a new customer in the year, 
and continues to develop new technology 
for LCD repairs.

•	 India – growth in customer base secured 
via diversification into tablet repairs and 
more complex mobile repairs, as well as 
onward disposition of devices.

8.1

8.1

8.6

6.6

6.7

•	 US – expansion into new territory to service 
mobile repairs in a new facility in Memphis.

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS&

Our	Software	Division	includes	Blancco	–	our	software	
business	which	is	the	global	market	leader	in	securely	
erasing	data	from	devices,	and	the	new	partial	data	
erasure	offering	of	SafeIT.

Our	partnership	with	Xcaliber	Technologies,	a	software	
business	in	the	area	of	smartphone	issue	diagnosis		
and	resolution,	enhances	the	software	capabilities	of		
the	Group.

Our	Advanced	Solutions	division	provides	innovative	
diagnostic	testing,	complimenting	the	in-house	Depot	
Solutions	operations	–	through	development	of	depot	
tester	equipment	such	as	the	Oktra.	The	Division	also	
provides	the	Group’s	as	an	innovative	service	offerings	
–	such	as	the	In-Field	Tester	–	meeting	the	ever	evolving	
needs	of	our	clients.

Revenue
£48.3m

2014:	£46.3m

4%

Headline  
Operating Profit
£12.0m

2014:	£7.5m

60%

46.3

48.3

28.2

17.5

18.8

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

12.0

7.5

2.4

2.9

3.6

The	core	activities	are	located	in	Glenrothes	which	
is	the	hub	for	Regenersis’	Set	Top	Box	diagnostics	
business,	where	we	develop	and	market	our	automated	
functionality	testing	equipment.

The	division	also	markets	our	Digital	Care	brand,	which	
provides	smartphone	accidental	damage	insurance	
programmes	in	partnership	with	insurance	underwriters.

Operational Highlights

•	 Glenrothes – the Group has been selected 

as one of the two primary partners to 
service Liberty Global Europe.

•	 US – successful expansion of business with 
two key customer in the B2B repair sector in 
a new facility in Memphis.

•	 Digital Care – has moved from a start-up 
servicing a small proportion of insurance 
operators in Poland to managing contracts 
with the key operators and managing more 
complex processes.

•	 Digital Care Poland – insurance programs 
for a number of key clients are well under 
way with a portfolio in excess of 700,000 
policies. Programmes give coverage of 90% 
of the operator market in Poland.

Blancco Highlights

•	 Development of new Mobile product in the 
year to enhance the business’s portfolio.

•	 Investment in sales force in previously 

underexploited territories, driving significant 
sales growth.

•	 Change in client mix towards more stable 
corporate customers, who now make up 
over 25% of sales. 

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

•	 Acquisition of SafeIT and partial data 

erasure product, used by clients in cloud 
computing.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

11

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportOur Business Model

Our business model is founded on a platform which drives 
service and innovation to drive recurring income across 
multiple complementary lines of business, which enables 
us to afford the best operating platform in our sector while 
still delivering attractive profitability and return on capital 
employed for our shareholders.

einvestm e nt

R

Clients
Recurring income 
across multiple 
complementary 
lines of business

R

e

i

n

v

e

s

t

m

e

n

t

Service
Consistent 
high-quality 
execution

Innovation
Bringing 
new services 
to market

Integration
Global consistency 
of processes

People
Buidling the 
best team in 
our sector

M&A
Innovation and 
global footprint

Platform
Sharing costs across 
services, sites 
and clients 

12

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSClients

Our	clients	are	the	key	pillar	in	our	business.	The	success	of	the	business	is	driven	by	our	customer	relationships.	
The	business	model	is	client-centric	and	structured	in	a	way	to	promote	the	interests	of	our	customers	as	well	as	
the	growth	and	promotion	of	our	business,	both	through	the	expansion	of	existing	customers	across	services	and	
through	obtaining	new	customers.	

Read more about our services in the Business Review from page 22

Service

Innovation

In	order	to	maintain	our	
position	in	the	market,	we	
must	ensure	a	continued	
high	level	of	service	to	our	
customers.

Our	global	reputation	is	underpinned	by	innovation	in	new	technologies,	
both	those	developed	in	our	core	repair	operations	and	those	acquired	
through	strategic	M&A.	Our	technology	portfolio	ensures	that	we	maintain	
our	position	in	the	market	and	are	able	to	offer	market	leading	services	to	
our	clients.	

Platform

The	platform	of	our	business	model	is	the	foundation	for	the	success	of	the	Company,	and	brings	together	three	
key	strategy	principles	to	help	us	to	deliver	growth.

Read about our innovation through our service lines on page 19

Integration

People

M&A

We	offer	a	full	cycle	refurbishment	
service,	device	diagnostics,	protection	
and	repair	and	onward	disposition,	
and	it	is	important	that	these	service	
lines	are	integrated	together.	This	
helps	us	to	provide	a	complete	
solution	to	our	clients,	adding	value	
and	cementing	the	Group	as	the	
leading	market	provider.

Our	employees	are	
another	key	stakeholder	
in	the	Group.	The	
knowledge	and	expertise	
within	our	workforce	
help	to	drive	forward	our	
services	and	products,	
and	ensure	we	maintain	
our	position	in	the	
market.

The	industry	in	which	we	
operate	is	ever	evolving	with	the	
pace	of	change	in	technology	
and	this	means	our	client	
needs	are	dynamic.	We	have	
developed	our	M&A	strategy	to	
complement	and	enhance	our	
existing	service	offerings,	with	
the	focus	on	innovating	service	
offerings	to	increase	the	value	
we	provide	to	our	clients.	

Case study – SafeIT on page 21

13

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportOur Markets

Our markets are common across all of our operating 
segments, each providing different and complementary 
solutions to our clients’ needs. 

Read more in our Operating Matrix on page 17

These	markets	present	a	range	of	sizes,	growth/maturity	levels,	and	competitive	intensity:

Depot

Advanced Solutions

Software

Europe

USA

Africa

Asia

South America

Geographies

Europe

USA

Africa

Locations

Depot

Depot

Europe

USA

Asia

South Pacific

South America

Cloud

In-field (client’s location)

In-field (client’s location) 

In-field (client’s location) 

In-store services

Sectors

Repair and refurbishment

Repair and refurbishment

Aftermarket 

Insurance 

Aftermarket 

Aftermarket

Technology development 

Technology development

Regenersis	is	one	of	the	leading	players	in	the	services	and	geographies	in	which	it	operates;	and	at	a	Group	level	
Regenersis	is	among	the	top	three	global	aftermarket	services	providers	by	revenue.	

Regenersis	seeks	to	position	itself	in	the	most	attractive	segments	of	the	marketplace,	exhibiting	rapid	growth	and	
potential	for	strong	profitability,	as	described	in	the	strategy	section	below.

14

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSSupporting The Life Cycle  
Of Technology

Read more online at  
www.regenersis.com

15

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportThe Opportunity

Our customers are increasingly consolidating their supplier 
base and looking for a service provider which can meet 
its technology requirements. Through the focus on each 
aspect of our business model, we have been able to 
differentiate ourselves in the market as the global player 
which can meet the range of needs of our clients.

Device sales volumes 2013-2017

Smartphone

1013

Tablet

407

227

197

181

123

134

125

Portable PC

Desktop PC

STB

66

0

1734

2017

2013

500

1000

1500

2000

The	Group’s	potential	for	growth	
remains	strong	both	internally	and	
externally.	Global	device	sales	are	
expected	to	increase	significantly	
which	expands	the	market	in	
which	the	Group	operates.	The	
Group	is	continuing	to	fill	out	the	
operating	matrix	to	capitalise	on	
these	advancements,	with	further	
opportunity	for	expansion	into	further	
service	lines	and	locations.	The	
opportunity	remains	strong	across	
both	of	our	operating	Divisions.

16

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Operating Matrix

This matrix of geographies and products is important, firstly, because it is how 
we leverage and build on our strengths, assets and relationships and, secondly, 
it is how we translate our strategy for growth in Depot Solutions and Software 
and Advanced Solutions into action on the ground.

DEPOT

SOFTWARE AND ADVANCED SOLUTIONS

t
n
e
m
h
s
i
b
r
u
e
R

f

&

r
i

a
p
e
R

k
r
o
w
t
e
N

i

e
c
v
r
e
S

i

e
h
c
n
B
2
B

s
t
c
u
d
o
r
p

s
c
i
t
s
o
n
g
a
d

i

T
F
I

e
r
a
C

l

a

t
i

i

g
D

e
c
n
a
r
u
s
n

I

s
c
i
t
s
o
n
g
a
D

i

e

l
i

b
o
M

e
r
u
s
a
r
E

t

a
a
D

Business locations

1   UK 

2  Germany 

3  Poland

4  Romania

5  Russia

6  Nordics

7  USA

8  South Africa 

9  Spain 

10  Mexico

11  Argentina

12  India

13  Portugal

14  Belgium

15  France

16  Italy

17  Canada

18  Japan

19  Australia

20  Czech Republic

21  Malaysia

22  Netherlands

KEY: 

Where we operate

Progress in last 6 months

&

17

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Strategy

Our strategy is linked to our business model, with the  
driving focus behind our operations being to provide 
innovative services to our clients.

We	direct	our	innovation	organically	
and	via	M&A,	towards	areas	which	
address	attractive	markets	(large	
high	growth	and	high	margin)	and	
which	have	synergies	with	existing	
business	(in	clients,	operations	and/
or	services).	This	includes	two	main	
axes	of	development:

•	 Adding	new	Advanced	Solutions	

to	our	portfolio.

•	 Building	the	most	attractive	

geographic	footprint	of	operations	
to	serve	our	large	multinational	
clients.	

Depot Solutions
Our	clients	are	global	market	leaders	
in	their	respective	fields.	Historically,	
they	have	outsourced	their	repair	
services	to	partners	like	Regenersis	
but	on	a	one-country-at-a-time	
basis.	Increasingly,	our	customers	
are	managing	the	delivery	of	the	
aftermarket	services	through	either	a	
regional	or	global	relationship.	

As	a	result,	our	strategy	is	to	build	
the	most	attractive	geographic	
footprint	of	operations	to	serve	our	
large	multinational	clients’	growing	
international	needs.	

Software & Advanced 
Solutions
This	division	contains	the	
development	of	new	technologies	
and	is	the	key	strategic	focus	for	
the	Group.	This	has	included	the	
development	of	the	In-Field	Tester	
(IFT),	which	reduces	the	no	fault	
found	returns	into	depot	repair	
facilities,	and	the	roll	out	of	our	
market	leading	insurance	service	in	
Poland.	

During	the	year,	the	strategy	has	
been	focused	around	enhancing	and	
promoting	these	service	offerings,	
which	has	manifested	through	the	
rapid	growth	in	our	Digital	Care	
portfolio.

Our	strategy	is	now	to	enhance	and	
roll	out	our	full	life	cycle	solutions	to	
our	clients,	underpinned	by	our	core	
repair	operations.

Blancco 

The	strategy	for	the	Blancco	
Technology	Group	is	to	cement	
ourselves	as	an	effective	protector	
of	electronic	assets	and	mobile	
functionality	for	enterprise	
businesses.	In	combination	with	
Xcaliber’s	SmartChk	diagnostic	
solution,	we	aim	to	provide	a	
complete	solution	from	device	
diagnosis	to	fault	correction.	We	
reinvest	the	profits	of	our	trade	
back	into	the	development	of	
these	technologies.	

Our mission  
is to be the  
global leader in 
this field.

Full Life Cycle  
Solution

Case Study

Clients

Client Service
Outsourcing	of	the	Depot	service	centre	for	a	key	B2B	
customer	in	the	UK,	Germany	and	Poland.	We	offer	the	full	
life	cycle	of	device	management	services,	managing	returns	
through	screening	and	subsequent	repair	of	bespoke	devices,	
as	well	as	managing	logistics	to	return	those	devices	to	the	
customer.

The	integrated	service	provided	has	resulted	in	a	same	day	
shipment	rate	of	over	98%	and	has	cut	the	costs	for	the	
customer	compared	to	their	previous	service	provider	by	45%.

18

Read more online at  
www.regenersis.com

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSService Lines

Advanced 
Solutions

•		Configuration	

& staging 
insurance

Software

•	Data	erasure
•	Triage/QA

L
a
u
n
c
h

Software

•	Data	migration

Depot

•		Service	 

network training 
& support

se        R e

e-u

R

Depot

•	Refurbishment
•	Swap	stock

Advanced 
Solutions

•	Refurbishment

Software

•		Live	environment	

data erasure

Retire

Depot

Software

•		Buy	back	 

parts salvage

•		Certified	

complete  
data erasure

c l e

y

c

P r otect

Full Life Cycle 
Solutions

M aintain

Software

•	Diagnostics
•		Data	erasure	
management

&

Advanced 
Solutions

•		Insurance	

Diagnostics

Depot

•	Parts	supply
•	Swap	stock
•	Carry	in	repair
•	Warranty	repair
•	Garage	repair
•		Delam/relam	

techology

Depot

•		Preventative	

maintenance

Advanced 
Solutions

•	Diagnostics
•		IFT	&	held	
service

•	Warranty	repair
•	Garage	repair
•	OOW	repair

19

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportOur Strategic Priorities

Our strategic priorities help us to fulfil each element of our 
business model and drive growth for the Group.  

Our Strategic Priorities

How we achieve them

Priority  1    Integrating our services

Priority  2    Developing our people

Priority  3    Opening new markets (M&A)

Priority  4    Developing new technologies

Priority  5    Becoming the market leader

•	 Developing	and	merging	the	service	offering	in	our	

operating	matrix

•	 Obtaining	the	best	management	teams	to	drive	growth	

of	the	business

•	

Identifying	complementary	business	offerings	to	
enhance	the	offering	of	the	group	and	changing	nature	
of	the	market

•	

Investing	resources	in	our	technology	to	ensure	they	
are	market	leading	and	provide	value	to	our	clients

•	 Diversification	into	new	markets	and	products	

•	 Further	development	of	Digital	Care		

•	 Becoming	the	key	provider	of	data	

•	 Development	of	Digital	Care	into	

an	operational	business	model,	

merging	contracts	across	border	and	

expanding	capabilities	across	our	

locations

•	 Expanding	our	cross	border	

capabilities	

•	 Recruiting	for	senior	management	in	

•	 Building	the	best	team	in	our	sectors

the	growing	and	evolving	Software	

segment

•	 Acquisition	of	SafeIT	

•	 Further	growth	and	integration	of	

recent	acquisitions

•	 Release	of	Blancco	mobile	and	

•	 Creating	market	leading	technologies	

further	development	of	IFT	diagnostic	

technology	and	refurbishment	

processes

offering

erasure	and	insurance	offerings	in	

our	key	territories	underpinned	by	our	

reputation	as	a	Depot	repair	provider

20

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSCase Study M&A Integration

The	Group	has	integrated	SafeIT,	previously	a	supplier	to	the	
Group,	which	enhances	the	data	erasure	portfolio.	Bringing	the	
company	under	Group	control	has	allowed	us	to	better	bring	the	
product	to	market,	improving	the	product	to	customers	and	has	
seen	significant	sales	growth	in	the	period	since	acquisition.

Read more online at  
www.regenersis.com

How we measure them

Progress in 2015

Priorities in 2016

Priority  1    Integrating our services

Priority  2    Developing our people

•	 Developing	and	merging	the	service	offering	in	our	

operating	matrix

Filling out the operating matrix

•	 Obtaining	the	best	management	teams	to	drive	growth	

of	the	business

Staff turnover

•	 Development	of	Digital	Care	into	
an	operational	business	model,	
merging	contracts	across	border	and	
expanding	capabilities	across	our	
locations

•	 Recruiting	for	senior	management	in	
the	growing	and	evolving	Software	
segment

•	 Expanding	our	cross	border	

capabilities	

•	 Building	the	best	team	in	our	sectors

Priority  3    Opening new markets (M&A)

of	the	market

Priority  4    Developing new technologies

•	

Investing	resources	in	our	technology	to	ensure	they	

are	market	leading	and	provide	value	to	our	clients

Contribution of new acquisitions 
to the profitability of the Group

Number of new products 
and services launched in 
the period

•	 Release	of	Blancco	mobile	and	

•	 Creating	market	leading	technologies	

further	development	of	IFT	diagnostic	
technology	and	refurbishment	
processes

•	

Identifying	complementary	business	offerings	to	

enhance	the	offering	of	the	group	and	changing	nature	

Filling out the operating matrix

•	 Acquisition	of	SafeIT	

•	 Further	growth	and	integration	of	

recent	acquisitions

Priority  5    Becoming the market leader

•	 Diversification	into	new	markets	and	products	

Our place in the market

•	 Further	development	of	Digital	Care		

offering

•	 Becoming	the	key	provider	of	data	
erasure	and	insurance	offerings	in	
our	key	territories	underpinned	by	our	
reputation	as	a	Depot	repair	provider

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

21

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportBusiness Review

Results
The	financial	performance	of	the	business	is	summarised	
as	follows:

•	 Revenue	of	£202.6	million	(2014:	£197.5	million,	

growth	2.6%);

•	 Headline	Operating	Profit	before	corporate	costs	of	
£20.6	million	(2014:	£15.6	million,	growth	32.1%);

•	 Headline	Operating	Profit	after	corporate	costs	of	
£15.4	million	(2014:	£11.0	million,	growth	40.0%);

•	 Headline	Operating	Profit	on	constant	currency	basis	
of	£16.8	million	(2014:	reported	HOP	£11.0	million,	
growth	52.7%);	

•	 Headline	Operating	Profit	margin	of	7.6%	(2014:	

5.6%).

Operating	profit	was	£5.6	million	(2014:	£0.5	million).	
Increased	Headline	Operating	Profit	and	reduction	of	
exceptional	acquisition	and	restructuring	costs	relative	to	
the	prior	year	contributed	to	this	increase.

Segmental Results

Headline	Operating	Cash	Flow	was	£11.6	million	(2014:	
£4.5	million)	with	a	cash	conversion	of	75.3%	(2014:	
40.9%	conversion)	relative	to	Headline	Operating	Profit.	
Net	cash	at	the	end	of	the	period	was	£7.8	million	(June	
2014:	£20.6	million).

Key financials
Revenue
Headline	Operating	Profit	before	
corporate	costs
Headline	Operating	Profit	after	
corporate	costs
Operating	profit
Headline	Operating	Profit	margin	%	
before	corporate	costs
Headline	Operating	Profit	margin	%
Corporate	costs	%
Operating	profit	%

2015
£’m
202.6
20.6

2014
£’m
197.5	
15.6

15.4

11.0	

5.6
10.2%

7.6%
2.6%
2.8%

0.5
7.9%

5.6%
2.3%
0.3%

Depot Solutions
Software
Advanced	Solutions
Software and Advanced Solutions
Total Group
Corporate	costs
Group

Revenue

Headline Operating Profit

HOP Margin %

2015
£’m
154.3
15.0
33.3
48.3
202.6
–
202.6

2014
£’m
151.2
2.4
43.9
46.3
197.5
–
197.5

2015
£’m
8.6
5.4
6.6
12.0
20.6
(5.2)
15.4

2014
£’m
8.1
0.5
7.0
7.5
15.6
(4.6)
11.0

2015

2014

5.6%
36.0%
19.8%
24.8%
10.2%

5.4%
20.8%
15.9%
16.2%
7.9%

7.6%

5.6%

Revenue

Headline Operating Profit

+3%

£154.3m

2014:	£151.2m

£48.3m

2014:	£46.3m

+40%

£8.6m

2014:	£8.1m

£12.0m

2014:	£7.5m

Depot Solutions

Software and Advanced Solutions

Depot Solutions

Software and Advanced Solutions

22

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS 
 
	
Depot Solutions Division
The	Depot	Solutions	Division	provides	the	Group’s	
geographic	infrastructure	and	core	repair	service,	
focusing	on	continuous	improvement,	common	operating	
practices	and	IT	platforms	and	efficiency.	It	includes	the	
operations	in	the	UK	(excluding	Glenrothes),	Germany,	
Poland,	Romania,	Turkey,	South	Africa,	Spain,	Argentina,	
Mexico,	India,	Portugal,	Russia,	the	USA,	and	the	Czech	
Republic.	

Revenue	increased	from	£151.2	million	to	£154.3	million	
as	a	result	of	volume	growth	across	most	of	the	existing	
sites	as	well	as	the	expansion	of	new	sites	in	the	USA	
and	the	Czech	Republic.

Headline	Operating	Profit	increased	by	6.2%	to	£8.6	
million,	with	an	increase	in	margin	from	5.4%	to	5.6%

Financial	and	operational	highlights	included:

•	 Poland	continued	to	win	and	implement	new	work	

with	a	number	of	operators	and	OEMs,	including	HTC,	
Samsung	and	Vodafone,	and	was	able	to	service	
more	complex	repair	services	on	a	range	of	products.	
Volumes	from	a	major	OEM	already	decreased	
significantly	in	2015	compared	to	2014	and	the	recent	
loss	of	this	client	contract	will	again	adversely	impact	
volumes	in	2016	compared	to	2015,	although	this	is	
expected	to	be	mitigated	by	growth	from	other	clients.

•	 Spain	strengthened	its	position	as	a	preferred	partner	
of	OEM’s	and	insurance	accounts.	The	loss	of	Nokia	
in	the	site	will	impact	performance	in	2016,	although	a	
number	of	smaller	new	contracts	have	been	identified	
and	won,	which	will	commence	in	2016.

•	 Portugal	increased	its	volumes	from	Vodafone.	Further	
accreditations	obtained	during	the	year	have	begun	to	
broaden	the	customer	base,	a	trend	which	is	expected	
to	develop	further	in	2016.

•	 Germany	expanded	and	diversified	its	business	in	
the	year,	winning	several	new	B2B	contracts	being	
accredited	to	process	IPhone	repairs.	Expansion	
of	European	B2B	has	been	partly	served	by	new	
operations	opened	in	the	Czech	Republic	in	April	
2014.

•	 Russia	(where	the	joint	venture	partner	was	bought	out	
in	2014)	has	moved	from	an	initial	break-even	position	
to	make	a	positive	contribution	in	2015,	with	growth	
in	B2B	volumes	as	well	as	the	addition	of	other	OEM	
clients.	The	opportunities	for	expansion	are	strong.

•	 India	has	shown	growth	since	acquisition	in	the	prior	
year,	diversifying	into	higher	margin	tablet	repairs.

•	 The	US	operation,	opened	during	the	year	and	

focused	on	B2B	work,	has	made	good	initial	progress.	

Software and Advanced Solutions Division
The	Software	businesses	include:

•	 Blancco,	acquired	in	April	2014,	the	global	market	

leader	in	data	erasure	software.

•	 Xcaliber	Technologies,	a	smartphone	diagnostic	

software	business.	The	Group	increased	its	stake	in	
this	business	from	15%	to	49%	in	July	2014.

The	Advanced	Solutions:	Other	businesses	include:

•	 Set	Top	Box	activities	in	Glenrothes;	

•	 Set	Top	Box	Diagnostics	globally,	including	the	In-

Field	Tester	business	and	other	remote	diagnostics	
capabilities	covering	countries	including	the	USA,	
South	Africa	and	Belgium;

•	 The	Digital	Care	Insurance	program	which	launched	in	

2013,	with	activities	principally	in	Poland.

The	Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	Division	increased	
revenue	to	£48.3	million	(2014:	£46.3	million),	driven	
by	the	acquisition	of	Blancco.	Exit	from	Recommerce	
which	ceased	trading	in	June	2014,	negatively	affected	
revenues	and	Headline	Operating	Profit	in	2015	
compared	to	the	prior	year.

Headline	Operating	Profit	was	£12.0	million,	at	a	margin	
of	24.8%,	compared	to	a	margin	of	16.2%	in	2014.	The	
Headline	Operating	Profit	margin	has	improved,	reflecting	
the	relatively	faster	growth	of	the	higher	margin	Digital	
Care	and	Software	businesses.	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

23

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportBusiness Review continued

Financial	and	operational	highlights	included:

Blancco Key Figures

£’m
Revenue
Headline	
Operating	Profit

30 June 
2015
GBP
15.0

30 June 
2014
GBP
11.5

30 June 
2013
GBP
8.6

5.4

3.2

2.9

IFRS	revenue	recognition	required	an	accounting	policy	
change	for	Blancco	upon	acquisition,	to	defer	the	
revenue	earned	on	software	subscriptions	–	which	have	a	
defined	term	–	over	the	term	of	the	contract.	This	one-off	
negative	impact	on	revenue	has	been	absorbed	in	2015.	
From	2016	onwards,	outflow	from	new	revenue	deferrals	
will	be	largely	offset	by	inflow	from	previous-year	revenue	
deferrals.

Corporate Costs
Corporate	costs	of	£5.2	million	(2014:	£4.6	million)	have	
increased	slightly,	growing	from	2.3%	to	2.6%	of	Group	
revenue,	driven	significantly	by	the	strength	of	Sterling,	
which	comprises	a	large	fraction	of	the	corporate	cost	
base.

Currency Hedging Activities and Constant 
Currency 
One	of	the	risks	that	the	Group	faces	by	doing	business	
in	overseas	markets	is	currency	fluctuations.	In	order	
to	manage	the	Group’s	currency	fluctuations,	the	CFO	
conducts	a	quarterly	review	of	the	Group’s	currency	
hedging	activities	and	a	formal	recommendation	for	any	
changes	is	made	to	the	Board	every	half	year.

•	 The	launch	of	a	site	in	Belgium	servicing	the	country’s	
main	cable	operator,	delivering	Set	Top	Box	test	and	
refurbishment	solutions.

•	 Liberty	Global	is	seeking	to	consolidate	its	aftermarket	
supplier	base	and	Regenersis	was	selected	as	one	of	
two	primary	partners	to	service	Europe;	we	are	now	
participating	in	technology	design	for	future	flagship	
Set	Top	Box	and	model/gateway	products.	We	
have	begun	construction	of	a	new	client-colocated	
operation	in	the	Netherlands	to	support	this	client.

•	 In	North	America	the	rate	of	growth	of	expansion	with	
AT&T	slowed	in	2015,	which	we	believe	was	driven	
by	this	client’s	focus	on	its	very	large	acquisition	of	
DirectTV,	completed	in	July	2015.	The	pipeline	of	
other	Set	Top	Box	diagnostics	opportunities	in	the	US	
improved	in	2015.

•	 Digital	Care	moved	from	its	pilot	phase	to	full-scale	

operations	in	2015,	experiencing	rapid	growth.	At	year	
end	the	policy	base	was	over	700,000	policies	with	
key	customers	being	Orange,	Polkomtel	and	T-Mobile.	
Volume	growth	was	driven	by	Orange	in	2015,	with	
the	latter	two	clients	moving	from	pilot	to	full-scale	
programs	in	July	2015.

•	 New	business	opportunities	for	Digital	Care	have	been	

identified	in	several	countries.	

•	 Blancco	has	enhanced	its	portfolio	of	products,	both	
through	internal	development	including	the	release	of	
a	new	mobile	erasure	product	and	a	new	version	of	its	
core	IT	erasure	suite,	and	through	the	acquisition	of	
the	SafeIT	business	in	September	2014.	This	product	
replaces	and	significantly	improves	upon	a	third	party	
product	previously	resold	by	Blancco.

•	 Blancco	continues	to	grow	internationally.	During	the	
year	there	was	investment	in	subsidiaries	in	Sweden,	
Germany	and	the	USA	which	are	now	owned	100%	
by	the	Group.

•	 Xcaliber	Technologies	ran	trials	of	its	smartphone	

diagnostic	solutions	with	several	clients	and	secured	
as	a	result	its	first	significant	contracts	in	2015,	
including	a	contract	for	its	SmartChk	in-store	kiosk	
diagnostic	solution	for	over	200	stores	of	a	large	
mobile	operator	in	the	USA,	and	a	contract	for	its	
SmartChk	device-pre-installed	diagnostic	solution	for	a	
major	mobile	phone	OEM	in	India.

24

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSThis	strength	of	the	Sterling	relative	to	the	functional	
currencies	of	the	Group	increased	during	the	current	
period.	The	Euro	and	the	Polish	Zloty	(which	together	
make	up	55%	of	the	Group’s	HOP	before	corporate	
costs)	weakened	versus	sterling	over	the	current	period,	
depreciating	by	12.8%	and	14.1%	respectively	over	
the	previous	12	months.	The	other	emerging	market	
currencies	in	which	the	Group	transacts	have	depreciated	
by	11.1%	on	average.

Euro	(EUR)
Polish	zloty	(PLN)

30 June 
2015
1.41
5.92

31 December 
2014
1.33	
5.44

30 June 
2014
1.25	
5.19

A	reconciliation	of	actual	results	to	results	restated	at	
expected	exchange	rates	is	presented	below:

Year ended
30 June 2015
Actual
Results
£’million
202.6
53.6
20.6

Year ended
30 June 2015
Constant
Currency
£’million
224.2
59.0
22.3

15.4
48.3

154.3
12.0

8.6
16.19
6.97

16.8
51.0

173.2
12.7

9.6
18.09
8.72

Revenue
Gross	profit
Group	HOP	before	corporate	
costs
Group	HOP	after	corporate	costs
Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	
Revenue
Depot	Solutions	Revenue
Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	
HOP
Depot	Solutions	HOP
Adjusted	EPS	(pence)
Basic	EPS	(pence)

The	Group	implements	forward	contracts	for	payments	
and	receipts,	where	the	amounts	are	large,	are	not	
denominated	in	the	local	country’s	functional	currency,	
where	the	timing	is	known	in	advance	and	the	amount	
can	be	predicted	with	certainty.	In	addition	the	Group	
undertakes	natural	hedges	by	structuring	and	paying	
future	earn-outs	on	acquisitions	in	the	target	company’s	
local	currency.

The	Group	has	a	mix	of	business	across	22	different	
territories	and	this	provides	some	degree	of	smoothing	
of	currency	movements	in	any	one	country	through	
a	portfolio	effect.	The	cash	and	loan	balances	held	in	
different	currencies	provide	a		natural	hedge.

However,	the	Group	does	not	undertake	any	cash	flow	
or	profit	hedging	activities	to	insulate	from	currency	
movements	in	respect	of	overseas	earnings,	specifically	
the	conversion	of	its	largely	non-Sterling	generated	
income	into	the	Group’s	reporting	currency,	Sterling.

No	other	hedging	activities	are	undertaken	in	respect	of	
tangible	and	intangible	fixed	assets,	working	capital	(such	
as	stock,	debtors	or	creditors),	or	other	balance	sheet	
items,	as	these	are	generally	small	in	nature	in	any	one	
individual	country.

Mergers and Acquisition activity
M&A	focus	has	been	on	enhancing	the	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	portfolio.

Acquisition of SafeIT
On	2	September	2014,	the	Group	completed	the	
acquisition	of	100%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	SafeIT	
Security	Sweden	AB	(“SafeIT”)	for	a	consideration	of	€1.8	
million	(£1.4	million).

SafeIT,	a	company	headquartered	in	Stockholm,	
Sweden,	is	the	world’s	leading	provider	of	data	erasure	
in	networked	and	cloud	storage	environments.	SafeIT	
is	a	technology	and	development	partner	of	VMware,	
Microsoft,	IBM	and	HP.	

Acquisition of Tabernus
In	September	2015,	Regenersis	acquired	100%	of	the	
share	capital	of	Tabernus	LLC	and	Tabernus	Europe	
Limited	(together	“Tabernus”),	a	privately	owned	provider	
of	software	erasure.	With	the	majority	of	its	revenue	
in	the	USA,	Tabernus	is	the	USA	market	leader.	The	
consideration	was	$12	million	(£7.6	million)	comprising	
cash	payment	of	$10	million	(£6.3	million)	funded	through	
the	Group’s	revolver	facility	and	a	maximum	of	$2	million	
(£1.3	million)	in	deferred	cash	consideration	payable	after	
2	years.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

25

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportBusiness Review continued

On	a	trailing	twelve	month	basis	Tabernus	had	revenues	
of	$3.0	million	(£1.9	million),	growing	at	strong	double-
digit	rates,	and	an	operating	profit	of	$0.4	million	(£0.3	
million).	Tabernus	is	the	global	number	two	competitor	
in	software	data	erasure,	further	strengthening	Blancco’s	
global	market	position	and	expanding	its	product	portfolio	
in	certain	attractive	niches.

Acquisition of Non-controlling Interest in 
Blancco Sales Offices
Blancco	has	historically	adopted	a	local	minority-partner	
approach	to	entering	new	territories.	In	2015,	Blancco	
bought	out	its	partners	in	three	territories,	the	USA,	
Germany	and	Sweden:

•	 USA	–	On	30	September	2014,	the	Group	acquired	

the	remaining	40%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	US	
LLC	for	a	cost	of	$1.2	million	(£0.7	million).	There	is	no	
earn-out.

•	 Germany	–	On	30	June	2015,	the	Group	acquired	the	
remaining	20%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	Central	
Europe	GmbH	for	a	cost	of	€0.4	million	(£0.3	million).	
There	is	no	earn-out.

•	 Sweden	–	On	2	September	2014,	the	Group	acquired	
the	remaining	25%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	
Sweden	SFO	for	an	initial	cost	of	SEK	2.8	million	(£0.2	
million).	The	acquisition	also	includes	an	earn-out	for	
the	period	to	March	2016	and	March	2017	based	
upon	growth	metrics	above	pre-agreed	target	revenue.	
The	estimated	cash	outflow	at	the	time	of	this	report	is	
estimated	at	£0.8	million	on	31	March	2016	and	£1.4	
million	on	31	March	2017.

Investment in Xcaliber
On	25	July	2014,	the	Group	acquired	34%	of	the	issued	
share	capital	of	Xcaliber	Technologies	LLC	(“Xcaliber”)	
for	a	consideration	of	$3.3	million	(£1.9	million),	bringing	
the	Group’s	share	to	49%.	Xcaliber	is	a	US	based	
smartphone	diagnostics	software	business.

Disposal of Regenersis Recommerce 
Limited and Regenersis Sweden AB
Regenersis	entered	the	business	of	remarketing	
smartphones	in	Europe	in	2013,	and	expanded	rapidly	
and	profitably	in	2014.	However,	the	sector	did	not	evolve	
as	originally	expected,	notably	in	terms	of	increased	
competitive	intensity	and	a	drop	in	insurance-sector	
demand	for	refurbished	devices,	and	the	Board	decided	
to	exit	this	activity	from	the	end	of	2014.	On	8	June	2015,	
the	Group	disposed	of	its	100%	interest	in	Regenersis	
Recommerce	Ltd	and	Regenersis	Sweden	AB.	This	
resulted	in	a	non-cash	loss	on	disposal	of	these	legal	
entities	of	£1.5	million.

EBT Share Buy Back
The	Employee	Benefit	Trust	purchased	a	total	of	
1,650,000	shares,	by	way	of	the	purchase	of:

•	 800,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	230.8	pence	
per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£1.8	million,	on	14	
January	2015;	

•	 200,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	241.5	pence	
per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£0.5	million,	on	16	
January	2015;	

•	 150,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	200.0	pence	
per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£0.3	million,	on	19	
March	2015;	and

•	 500,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	205.0	pence	
per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£1.0	million,	on	26	
March	2015.

The	total	cash	outflow	associated	with	the	share	buy	
backs	throughout	the	period	was	£3.6	million	and	the	
EBT	now	holds	2,467,394	shares.	

The	figure	of	79,022,599	Ordinary	Shares	should	
therefore	continue	to	be	used	by	shareholders	as	the	
denominator	for	the	calculations	by	which	they	will	
determine	if	they	are	required	to	notify	their	interest	
in,	or	a	change	to	their	interest	in,	the	share	capital	of	
Regenersis	under	the	FSA’s	Disclosure	and	Transparency	
Regime.

The	figure	of	76,555,205	Ordinary	Shares	may	therefore	
be	used	by	shareholders	in	the	basic	EPS	calculation.

26

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSNet Financing Income
Net	financing	income	was	£1.2	million	(2014:		
£2.4	million).	Income	arose	from	the	revaluation	and	
resulting	reduction	in	value	of	the	Group’s	contingent	
consideration	payable	on	two	acquisitions	made	in	prior	
periods:	Digicomp	and	HDM.	This	revaluation	resulted	in	
a	non-cash	profit	of	£3.3	million	(2014:	£4.7	million).

Total	finance	costs	in	the	year	were	£2.3	million	(2014:	
£2.4	million).	This	includes	the	unwinding	of	the	discount	
factor	on	outstanding	contingent	consideration	of	£0.9	
million	(2014:	£1.1	million).	Invoice	financing	facility	
charges	were	£0.2	million	(2014:	£0.2	million).	Interest	
costs	for	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility	and	other	costs	
were	£1.2	million	(2014:	£1.1	million).

Taxation
The	total	tax	charge	was	£1.7	million	(2014:		
£0.4	million	credit).	The	increase	in	tax	charge	is	driven	
by	the	higher	profits	generated	by	the	Software	segment,	
which	are	taxed	in	higher	tax	jurisdictions	than	the	rest	of	
the	Group.

Earnings per share
Adjusted	earnings	per	share	were	constant	at	
16.19	pence	(2014:	16.16	pence).

Basic	EPS	increased	by	27.9%	to	6.97	pence	(2014:	
5.45	pence).

Exceptional Acquisition and  
Restructuring Costs
The	Group	undertook	a	large	number	of	relatively	small	
but	complex	acquisitions	in	2015.	Acquisition	costs	
amounted	to	£3.0	million	(2014:	£5.0	million),	with	the	
largest	costs	relating	to	the	acquisition	of	Blancco	in	
2014,	the	acquisition	of	SafeIT,	investment	in	Xcaliber,	
buy-out	of	minority	partners	in	Blancco	sales	offices,	and	
the	due	diligence	of	the	Tabernus	acquisition.

Exceptional	restructuring	costs	amounted	to	£0.7	million	
(2014:	£4.4	million)	and	related	primarily	to	finalisation	of	
the	restructuring	activities	carried	out	in	the	second	half	
of	the	previous	financial	year.

Amortisation of Acquired Intangibles and 
R&D Expenditure
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	was	£3.3	million	(2014:	
£0.6	million).		This	included	both	the	amortisation	of	
acquired	intangibles	arising	from	business	combinations	
and	the	amortisation	of	R&D	expenditure.	The	cost	
has	increased	in	the	year	primarily	due	to	a	full	year	of	
amortisation	of	the	Blancco	intangible	assets,	including	
the	brand	name	and	intellectual	property.

Share Based Payments 
Share	based	payments	charge	was	£0.5	million	(2014:	
£0.7	million)	and	reflects	the	straight	line	accounting	
charge	required	for	the	incentive	share	plans	established	
in	prior	periods.	The	charge	has	reduced	this	year	due	to	
a	reduction	in	the	fair	value	of	payout	for	options	which	
have	vested	but	remain	outstanding.

On	30	June	2015,	new	long-term	incentive	plans	were	
approved	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	for	Senior	
Management	(not	Executive	Directors	on	the	PLC	Board).	
Details	of	these	schemes	can	be	found	in	note	33	in	the	
Notes	to	the	Accounts.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

27

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportBusiness Review continued

Cash flow

The	key	working	capital	metrics	that	are	monitored	are:

•	 Debtor	days,	which	decreased	to	55	days		

(2014:	64	days);

•	 Stock	days,	which	decreased	to	36	days		

(2014:	37	days);	and	

•	 Creditor	days,	which	increased	to	49	days		

(2014:	47	days).

Tax	paid	was	£1.0	million	(2014:	£0.8	million).

Net	interest	paid	was	£0.8	million	(2014:	£0.7	million).

The	Group	has	continued	to	invest	in	differentiating	its	
services	and	strengthening	its	platform	for	long	term	
profitable	growth.	Capital	expenditure	and	R&D	increased	
to	£7.3	million	(2014:	£6.7	million).	Expenditure	on	
tangible	assets,	including	leasehold	improvements	and	
technical	equipment,	and	software	licences	amounted	to	
£3.3	million	(2014:	£3.8	million)	

Capital	development	expenditure	on	R&D	activities	
amounted	to	£4.0	million	(2014:	£2.9	million)	and	
comprised	further	investment	in:

•	 Software	–	Predominantly	in	the	Blancco	business,	
including	the	new	mobile	erasure	product	launched	
in	2015,	and	also	a	major	new	version	of	the	core	
Blancco	erasure	software,	Blancco	5.0

•	 Set Top Box	–	Predominantly	in	the	continued	

development	and	localisation	of	diagnostic	tools;	
as	well	as	development	for	new	video	transmission	
technology	such	as	the	move	towards	4K	
transmission.		These	activities	are	carried	out	in	
Glenrothes.

•	 Mobile	–	Predominantly	in	the	continued	development	

of	screen	re-lamination/lamination	technology	of	
mobile	phone	screens	for	use	with	larger	displays	and	
other	OEM	device	types.		These	activities	are	carried	
out	in	Romania.

Operating	cash	flow	before	
movement	in	working	capital	and	
exceptionals
Movement	in	working	capital	and	
exceptionals
Movement	in	provisions
Headline Operating Cash Flow
Net	interest	payments
Tax	paid
Acquisition,	exceptional	payments	
and	other	movements
Operating	cash	flow
Capital	expenditure
Acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	
associates	and	other	investments,	
net	of	cash	acquired
Net	cash	flow	from	share	issues,	
option	vesting	and	dividend	
payments
Other	movements
Net	(decrease)/increase	in	cash	and	
cash	equivalents
Net cash

2015
£’m
18.3

(4.9)

(1.8)
11.6
(0.8)
(1.0)
(2.9)

6.9
(7.3)
(4.4)

2014
£’m
14.1

(8.6)

(1.0)
4.5
(0.7)
(0.8)
(8.7)

(5.7)
(6.7)
(51.1)

(6.9)

89.3

(1.1)
(12.8)

7.8

(3.3)
22.5

20.6

Headline	Operating	Cash	Flow	of	£11.6	million	(2014:	
£4.5	million)	and	operating	cash	inflow	of	£6.9	million	
(2014:	outflow	of	£5.7	million)	were	both	higher	than	
previous	periods	primarily	due	to	the	increased	cash	flow	
contribution	from	the	Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	
division.

Net	cash	at	the	end	of	the	period	was	£7.8	million	(2014:	
£20.6	million).	Significant	cash	was	deployed	in	EBT	buy	
backs	(£3.6	million),	dividend	payments	(£3.4	million)	and	
M&A	activity	(£6.1	million).

Working	capital	increased	by	£4.9	million.	Drivers	of	
working	capital	expansion	included	revenue	growth,	the	
investment	in	growing	new	sites,	the	continuing	shift	in	
the	Group’s	mix	of	business	towards	Emerging	Markets,	
which	typically	have	longer	receivables	cycles,	pressure	
from	some	larger	clients	to	secure	longer	credit	terms	
from	Regenersis,	and	pressure	from	certain	suppliers	
(who	are	often	also	clients	of	Regenersis)	tightening	their	
invoicing	and	collection	processes.	In	managing	these	
effects,	the	Group	improved	working	capital	management	
on	stock	and	debtors	in	most	locations	and	continued	
limited	use	of	invoice	financing	facilities.	

28

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSNet Cash 
Year	end	net	cash	comprised	gross	borrowings	of	£4.6	
million,	denominated	in	Sterling	and	Euros	(2014:	£0.7	
million),	cash	and	cash	equivalents	of	£12.1	million	(2014:	
£20.8	million)	and	deferred	arrangement	fees	of	£0.3	
million	(2014:	£0.5	million).

Dividend
In	line	with	our	stated	dividend	policy,	the	Board	is	
recommending	a	final	dividend	of	3.35	pence	per	ordinary	
share	to	be	paid	on	3	December	2015	to	shareholders	on	
the	register	on	6	November	2015.	This	gives	a	full	year	
dividend	of	5.0	pence	per	ordinary	share,	which	is	a	25%	
increase	on	the	prior	year.	

Post Year-end Events
Banking facility
In	September	2015,	the	Group	extended	the	term	of	its	
banking	facility	with	HSBC	from	October	2016	to	October	
2019.	The	covenants	were	unchanged.

All	banking	covenants	have	been	passed	and	show	
significant	headroom	for	the	foreseeable	future.

Acquisition of Tabernus
On	2	September	2015,	the	Group	completed	the	
acquisition	of	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Tabernus	LLC	
and	Tabernus	Europe	Limited	for	an	initial	consideration	
of	$10.0	million	(£6.3	million).

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

29

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportKey Performance Indicators

The Group has a range of performance indicators, both 
financial and non-financial, to monitor and manage the 
business and ultimately to improve performance. These 
are set at the individual customer level and for business 
units as well as for the Group as a whole. The Group’s key 
performance indicators (“KPIs”) are outlined below:

KPI

Description

Performance

Commentary

Future Target

Continued	double	digit	
profit	growth	has	been	
generated	through	both	
organic	growth	and	
successful	integration	of	
acquisitions.

Positive	growth	for	the	
Group	overall,	with	the	
majority	of	growth	coming	
from	the	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	
Division.	

Cash	conversion	of	80%.

The	business	targets	a	
strong	cash	conversion	
relative	to	HOP,	which	
has	returned	to	normal	
levels	in	2015	following	
significant	working	capital	
investment	in	2014.

The	increase	in	profitability	
of	the	Group	has	
translated	into	higher	
shareholder	value.

The	Group	targets	growth	
in	EPS,	and	in	line	with	
profit	growth.

Headline 
Operating 
Profit 
(£’m)

Headline 
Operating 
Cash Flow
(£’m)

Adjusted EPS
(pence)

15.4

11.0

9.5

7.8

2012

2013

2014

2015

12.9

11.6

5.9

4.5

2012

2013

2014

2015

16.80

16.16

16.19

13.5

2012

2013

2014

2015

Operating	profit	stated	
before	amortisation	
or	impairment	of	R&D	
intangible	assets,	
acquisition	costs,	
exceptional	restructuring	
costs	and	share-based	
payments.	

Operating	cash	flow	
excluding	taxation,	
interest	payments	and	
receipts,	acquisition	
costs,	and	exceptional	
restructuring	costs.	

Basic	earnings	per	share	
excluding	amortisation	
or	impairment	of	
intangible	assets,	
amortisation	of	bank	fees,	
exceptional	restructuring	
costs,	acquisition	
costs,	share-based	
payments,	unwinding	
of	the	discounted	
contingent	consideration	
and	adjustments	to	
estimates	of	contingent	
consideration.	

See our Strategic Priorities on page 20

30

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSKPI

ROCE

Mix of 
Software and 
Advanced 
Solutions to 
the rest of 
the business
(Headline 
Operating Profit 
after corporate 
costs)

Mix of 
Software to 
the rest of 
the business
(Headline 
Operating Profit 
after corporate 
costs)

Health 
& Safety 
RIDDOR* 
reportable 
incidents
(number)

Description

Performance

Commentary

Future Target

ROCE	is	calculated	as
HOP	as	a	percentage	of	
capital	employed	(non-
R&D	intangibles,	tangible	
assets,	stock,	debtors	
and	creditors).

172%

Significant	working	
capital	investment	in	prior	
periods	is	now	translating	
to	profit	growth.

129%

96%

99%

2012

2013

2014

2015

The	proportion	of	
divisional	HOP	generated	
by	our	strategically	
important	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	
Division.

78%

68%

37%

38%

2012

2013

2014

2015

The	Advanced	Solutions	
segment	has	benefitted	
from	ramp	of	the	Digital	
Care	offering,	which	
underpins	the	stable	
growth	in	Set	Top	Box	
diagnostics.

While	the	Group	
continues	to	invest	in	
growth	of	new	sites,	the	
return	to	shareholders	is	
a	key	metric	which	the	
Group	expects	to	increase	
as	the	profitability	of	the	
Software	and	Advanced	
Solutions	Division	
increases.

Further	expansion	of	
Digital	Care	is	expected	
to	expand	this	division	in	
2016.

The	proportion	of	
segmental	HOP	
generated	by	our	
strategically	important	
Software	segment.

35%

Blancco	has	contributed	
significantly	to	the	Group’s	
result,	benefitting	from	the	
first	full	year	under	Group	
management.

Expansion	within	existing	
and	new	markets	is	
expected	to	boost	growth	
in	2016.

0%

0%

5%

2012

2013

2014

2015

Number	of	serious	
workplace	accidents	
recorded.

4

3

No	incidents	have	been	
reported	in	the	year,	which	
underlines	the	Group’s	
strong	processes.

The	Group	expects	to	
maintain	these	high	
standards	in	the	future.

0

0

2012

2013

2014

2015

*	Or	local	country	equivalent.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

31

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportRisk Management

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
The	Board	is	responsible	for	determining	the	nature	and	
extent	of	the	risks	it	is	willing	to	take	in	delivering	the	
Group’s	strategic	objectives,	and	manages	these	risks	
through	the	Regenersis	Risk	Management	Framework.

Risk Response
As	a	result	of	this	assessment	and	recording	of	risks,	
each	Business	Unit	Managing	Director	will	formulate	
an	appropriate	response	for	each	risk,	i.e.	whether	to	
tolerate,	treat,	or	terminate	the	threat	to	the	Group.	

This	enhanced	framework,	which	is	outlined	in	detail	
below,	allows	the	Group	to	manage	risks	across	all	of	its	
operating	locations,	which	vary	by	scale,	complexity	and	
impact	from	country	to	country.	

Appropriate	actions	will	be	agreed;	for	example,	to	
mitigate,	transfer	(through	insurance),	or	eliminate	(by	
ceasing)	the	risk.	The	objective	will	be	to	continually	
challenge	the	efficiency	and	effectiveness	of	controls.	

Risk Agenda
The	Group’s	risk	agenda	is	delivered	through	an	
appropriate	and	embedded	risk	management	culture	
and	framework.	This	helps	to	ensure	that	appropriate	
and	proportionate	resources	are	allocated	to	risk	
management,	in	order	to	ensure	the	activities	of	risk	
assessment	and	risk	response	are	further	embedded	in	
Regenersis’	governance	processes	going	forward.	

Risk Assessment
In	identifying	risks,	we	consider	both	the	external	factors,	
arising	from	the	environment	in	which	we	operate;	
and	the	internal	factors	arising	from	the	nature	of	our	
business,	our	controls	and	processes	and	our	decision	
making.

Business	Unit	Managing	Directors	own	their	respective	
risks	and,	with	support	from	the	Internal	Audit	function,	
are	required	to	record	the	causes	and	consequences,	
together	with	mitigating	factors	to	reduce	the	risks	that	
they	have	identified.	Each	risk	will	be	evaluated	based	
on	its	likelihood	of	occurrence	and	severity	of	impact	(on	
strategy,	profit,	regulatory	compliance,	reputation	and/or	
people)	and	positioned	on	a	risk	ranking	matrix.	

This	approach	is	expected	to	allow	the	easy	identification	
of	the	significant	material	risks,	and	allow	management	to	
consider	the	effect	of	any	mitigating	actions	that	they	may	
be	able	to	put	in	place.	Each	risk	will	also	be	assessed	as	
to	whether	it	is	within	the	Group’s	risk	appetite.	

The	strategic	risk	appetite	for	the	business	will	be	reviewed	
annually	as	part	of	the	annual	budgeting	process	by	the	
Board.	The	Board	will	be	asked	to	assess	whether	risks	are	
within	the	Group’s	risk	appetite.

Regenersis Risk Management Framework
The	Risk	management	Framework	operates	as	follows:

•	 The Board	–	Will	annually	undertake	a	formal	review	of	
the	effectiveness	of	the	Regenersis	Risk	Management	
Framework,	policy	and	procedures,	and	performance	
of	the	Risk	Management	Committee.	Twice	yearly,	
the	Board	will	review	the	key	risks	in	the	Group’s	risk	
register,	thereby	allowing	it	the	opportunity	to	review	
the	level	of	risk	that	the	Board	is	prepared	to	accept	in	
pursuit	of	the	Group’s	strategic	objectives;

•	 The Audit Committee	–	Reviews	the	Group’s	system	
of	internal	control,	including	financial,	operational,	
compliance	and	risk	management,	as	well	as	reviewing	
the	system’s	effectiveness.	Such	a	system	is	primarily	
designed	to	mitigate	risk	to	an	acceptable	level,	
support	compliance	with	laws	and	regulations,	and	
protect	against	material	misstatement	or	loss;

•	 The Risk Management Committee –	The	Board	
will	be	supported	in	its	responsibilities	by	the	Risk	
Management	Committee,	which	is	chaired	by	the	
Chief	Operating	Officer	of	the	Depot	Solutions	Division,	
and	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	all	significant	
management	and	operational	risks	facing	the	Group	
are	reduced	to	an	acceptable	level;	and

•	 Internal Audit	–	The	Internal	Audit	function	supports	
the	Audit	Committee	in	its	review	of	the	effectiveness	
of	the	system	of	internal	control.	There	is	a	rolling	
programme	of	Internal	Audit	review	carried	out	across	
the	Group.	During	the	course	of	the	year,	the	Internal	
Audit	function	undertook	eight	reviews.	

Principal Risks
It	is	recognised	that	the	Group’s	strategic	objectives	
can	only	be	achieved	if	risks	are	taken	and	managed	
effectively.	The	risks	below	are	those	considered	principal	
to	delivering	our	strategy	and	are	specific	to	the	nature	
of	our	business,	although	there	are	other	risks	that	may	
occur	and	impact	the	Group’s	performance.

32

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRisk Area

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Commercial 
Contract Risks

Given	the	potential	for	onerous	terms	in	customer	
contracts,	it	is	essential	that	the	Group	continues	to	
contract	for	business	at	acceptable	rates	and	with	
appropriate	commercial	balance.	This	also	includes	
consideration	of	the	cash	flow	impact	of	each	
customer	contract.

The	Group	has	a	contract	approval	process	in	which	
key	customer	contracts	are	approved	by	either	the	
CFO,	Executive	Chairman,	and	if	needed,	the	Group	
Board.

The	risk	is	declining	as	the	Group	diversifies	across	
an	ever	greater	portfolio	of	operating	segments,	
customers	and	locations.

System Risks

As	data	management	is	an	essential	platform	of	
our	service	offering,	the	flexibility	and	reliability	of	
the	systems	is	critical	to	the	ongoing	development	
of	the	Group.	The	integrity	of	our	systems	is	
maintained	through	regular	backup	testing	and	
robust	disaster	recovery	planning.

Market and 
Economic Risks

The	Group’s	activities	support	a	broad	range	of	
customer-orientated	and	technology	rich	products.	
There	is	a	strong	correlation	between	the	volume	of	
consumer	sales	and	the	number	of	service	events	
arising	as	a	result	of	those	sales.

Financing Risks

There	is	a	risk	the	Group	will	not	be	able	to	meet	the	
day	to	day	running	obligations	of	the	business.

We	have	implemented	policies	and	procedures	
to	efficiently	and	safely	manage	all	our	operations	
and	to	maintain	our	supply	of	products/services	
to	our	customers.	We	have	in	place	robust	and	
comprehensive	business	continuity	plans	which	are	
regularly	reviewed	and	monitored	to	ensure	their	
continued	effectiveness.

The	risk	is	the	same	–	the	Group	has	a	number	of	
policies	and	procedures	around	the	use	of	systems.	
However,	the	bespoke	nature	of	the	systems	
requires	constant	maintenance,	as	well	as	the	new	
locations	which	are	opened	each	year	where,	for	
external	acquisitions,	the	controls	over	systems	and	
processes	are	often	below	the	level	across	the	rest	
of	the	Group.

The	Group	has	been	developing	a	diversified	service	
capability	and	expanding	capacity	in	low	cost	
service	locations	to	ensure	a	balanced	portfolio	of	
customers,	services	and	locations.

The	risk	is	declining	–	the	Group	endeavors	to	
diversify	its	portfolio	across	a	range	of	service	
offerings,	mitigating	the	risks	which	could	arise.	
The	Group	continues	to	operate	across	a	diverse	
product	and	client	range,	with	an	expansion	in	
the	operating	matrix	of	eight	new	product/service	
combinations	in	the	last	12	months.

The	Group	has	maintained	a	prudent	approach	
to	the	management	of	cash	flow.	The	Group	has	
good	access	to	cash	reserves	and	a	revolving	credit	
facility.

The	risk	is	reduced	following	the	extension	of	the	
revolving	credit	facility	to	October	2019.	The	Group	
is	net	cash	positive.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

33

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportRisk Management continued

Risk Area

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Customer 
Concentration Risks

Reliance	on	a	small	number	of	large	customers	
creates	risks,	as	it	puts	pressure	on	the	margins	of	
the	business.	In	addition,	the	loss	of	key	contracts	
can	seriously	impact	the	ability	for	the	Group	to	
continue	to	operate	as	a	going	concern.

The	Board	is	conscious	of	this	ongoing	risk	
and	seeks	to	reduce	this	further	through	the	
development	of	new	customers	and	the	creation	
of	more	dependent	relationships	with	its	existing	
customers.

Operational 
Efficiency Risks

Operational	efficiency	is	vital	to	the	profitability	of	the	
Group	and	to	customer	service.
The	risk	arises	both	at	a	customer	level	–	where	
inefficient	operating	processes	can	adversely	affect	
the	profitability	of	the	Group	–	and	at	a	business	
continuity	level,	where	poor	client	service	could	lead	
to	termination	of	the	relationship.	

A	number	of	customers	are	significant	in	the	context	
of	the	Group	as	a	whole.	However,	no	single	
customer	accounts	for	more	than	14%	(2014:	14%)	
of	the	revenue,	and	the	top	10	customers	represent	
67%	(2014:	71%)	of	the	Group’s	revenue.

The	risk	is	reduced	as	the	concentration	of	
customers	is	more	spread	out	compared	to	the	
prior	year.

The	Group	has	standardised	policies	and	operating	
procedures	across	all	locations,	which	drives	
consistency	in	client	service.

The	Group	undertakes	cross-border	Kaizen	events	
across	both	new	and	existing	territories	and	
contracts	in	order	to	implement	new	work	and	drive	
a	culture	of	continuous	improvement.

The	trend	is	the	same	–	while	the	Group	has	
successfully	implemented	a	number	of	Kaizen	
events,	the	continued	addition	of	new	business	and	
new	locations	requires	further	standardisation	and	
implementation	of	operating	processes,	resulting	in	
a	continual	cycle	of	risk	management.

Compliance Risks

Some	of	the	Group’s	business	relies	on	the	
compliance	with	and	enforcement	of	legislation	
consistent	with	the	WEEE	Directive.

The	Group	maintains	Government	approved	
licenses	to	manage	the	collection,	treatment	and	
export	of	electrical	waste.

The	Blancco	product	provides	certified	data	erasure	
which	is	required	to	meet	certain	industry	standards,	
including	the	global	security	certification	ISO	15408.

The	Group	must	adhere	to	the	Anti-Bribery	and	
Corruption	Act.

In	addition,	the	Group	handles	equipment	holding	
personal	data	and	is	mindful	of	the	implications	
of	the	Data	Protection	Act.	The	Group	maintains	
internal	processes	to	ensure	appropriate	guidelines	
are	followed.

The	Group	has	a	range	of	policies	and	procedures	
to	ensure	the	guidelines	in	respect	of	Safety,	Health	
and	Environmental	matters	are	monitored	and	
adhered	to.

The	risk	on	system	data	is	further	mitigated	by	the	
use	of	the	Blancco	data	erasure	software	across	the	
Group	in	order	to	control	the	Group’s	sensitive	data.

The	trend	is	the	same	–	the	Group	continues	to	
monitor	its	compliance	across	locations	and	deems	
the	compliance	risk	to	be	reduced	to	a	suitably	low	
level.

34

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRisk Area

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Foreign Exchange 
Rate Volatility

The	widening	geographic	spread	of	the	Group	
means	that	financial	results	can,	increasingly,	be	
affected	by	movements	in	foreign	exchange	rates.	
The	risk	presented	by	currency	fluctuations	may	
affect	business	planning	and	product	procurement	
costs.

Employee 
Engagement

Staff	engagement	is	essential	to	the	successful	
delivery	of	service	to	customers	and,	longer	term,	
the	overall	business	strategy.	A	workforce	which	
is	not	engaged	and	/	or	motivated	can	hinder	the	
growth	of	the	business.

The	Group	monitors	foreign	exchange	exposure	
closely	and,	when	a	transactional	exposure	is	not	
covered	through	a	natural	hedge,	will	consider	
entering	into	a	hedge	arrangement.

The	trend	is	increasing,	as	the	mix	of	overseas	
currencies	is	on	an	upward	trend	across	the	Group,	
and	the	sterling	is	strengthening	against	the	majority	
of	other	currencies	in	which	the	Group	transacts.	
Foreign	exchange	rate	movements	are	uncertain	
and	the	timing	of	profits	in	overseas	territories	is	
uncertain,	therefore	the	Board	feels	there	is	no	
economic	and	risk	free	way	to	hedge	against	this,	
other	than	the	natural	hedging	which	is	currently	
undertaken.

Considerable	effort	has	been	devoted	to	
communicating	the	business	strategy	so	employees	
are	clear	on	our	business	objectives	and	their	role	in	
the	strategy.	The	employee	appraisals	process	and	
setting	of	personal	objectives	operates	within	the	
framework	of	our	corporate	objectives.	This	is	then	
reinforced	by	the	employee	incentivisation	process.

We	have	succession	plans	in	place	for	key	roles	and	
continue	to	work	in	developing	our	future	leaders	
so	that	we	are	able	to	promote	internally	as	well	as	
sourcing	talent	externally.

Cautionary Statement

Regenersis’	business	and	share	price	may	be	affected	by	a	number	of	risks,	trends,	factors	and	uncertainties,	not	all	
of	which	are	within	our	control.	The	process	Regenersis	has	in	place	for	identifying,	assessing	and	managing	risks	is	
set	out	in	the	Risk	Management	section	of	the	Report	on	page	32.

This	review	has	been	prepared	solely	to	provide	additional	information	to	shareholders	to	assess	the	Group’s	strategy	
and	the	potential	of	that	strategy	to	succeed	and	should	not	be	relied	upon	by	any	other	party	or	for	any	other	
purpose.	It	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements	with	respect	to	the	financial	condition,	results,	operations	and	
businesses	of	Regenersis	Plc.

These	statements	and	forecasts	involve	risk	and	uncertainty	because	they	relate	to	events	and	depend	upon	the	
circumstances	that	may	occur	in	the	future.

There	are	a	number	of	factors	that	could	cause	actual	results	or	developments	to	differ	materially	from	those	
expressed	or	implied	by	these	forward-looking	statements	and	forecasts.	Nothing	in	this	review	should	be	construed	
as	a	profit	forecast.

Matthew Peacock  
Executive Chairman 

Jog Dhody 
Chief Financial Officer

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

35

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability

Our solutions help consumers and businesses by 
supporting them to transition towards more sustainable 
circular business models and move away from ‘take, make, 
dispose’ processes and lifestyles.

Our Vision
The	Group’s	key	focus	across	its	operations	is	to	support	
the	life	cycle	of	technology.	As	part	of	this	strategy	we	
aim	to	provide	a	sustainable	service	to	our	customers	
and	the	markets	in	which	they	operate.	

Our Services
Our	place	in	the	technology	sector	allows	us	to	contribute	
to	the	growth	and	prosperity	of	our	environment	in	a	
number	of	different	ways:

•	 Helping	to	provide	connectivity	for	our	clients	and	their	

customers,	giving	access	to	key	services

•	 Promoting	economic	advancement	in	developing	
nations	by	providing	devices	to	these	previously	
unconnected	areas

•	 Providing	comfort	to	our	clients	in	the	recycling	and	
re-use	of	devices	both	through	content	erasure	and	
complete	device	refurbishment

Providing	repair,	refurbishment,	and	recovery	solutions,	
we	feel	we	are	in	the	business	of	‘closing	the	loop’,	
effectively	circularising	value	chains	within	our	sector.	
We	believe	this	is	an	inherently	sustainable	business	
model	that	also	contributes	to	the	delivery	of	a	nationally	
and	globally	circular	economy.	This	is	reinforced	by	
our	international	repair	network	where	we	share	best	
practice;	our	place	as	one	of	the	leading	global	service	
providers	strengthens	our	ability	to	provide	these	
services.

This	is	vastly	more	sustainable	than	a	traditional	linear	
economy,	minimising	resource	consumption	and	
reducing	negative	environmental	and	social	impacts	from	
manufacturing,	consumption	and	disposal.	

What We Do
Regenersis	provides	a	sustainable	business	model	
across	each	of	its	Divisions	and	contributes	positively	to	
economic	prosperity	of	the	locations	in	which	we	operate.

The	Group	has	a	large	footprint	of	facilities	in	many	
emerging	markets	territories,	and	a	portion	of	our	
refurbished	products	make	their	way	into	these	less	
developed	areas	of	the	globe.	These	affordable	electronic	
devices	support	social	and	economic	advancement	by	
allowing	people	who	previously	had	no	access	to	these	
technologies	to	become	part	of	the	global	connected	
network.

Our	full	product	life	cycle	solutions	aid	our	customers	
in	meeting	their	regulatory	requirements	through	the	
provision	of	our	data	erasure	technology.	Not	only	does	
this	allow	our	customers	to	easily	manage	and	comply	
with	their	local	requirements,	it	also	positively	promotes	
the	product	life	cycle,	allowing	redundant	devices	to	be	
refurbished	as	‘good	as	new’	and	to	re-enter	the	market.	
This	reduces	the	amount	of	device	disposal	and	the	
environmental	impact	this	has.

We	also	recognise	the	importance	of	our	impact	on	
the	economies	in	which	we	have	a	presence,	providing	
employment	opportunities	in	those	territories,	but	also	
ensuring	we	are	a	sustainable	part	of	that	geography.	
We	achieve	this	through	investment	in	sustainable	
business	practices	which	promote	compliance	with	
global	regulations	and	by	ensuring	both	that	our	work	
is	conducted	in	both	an	ethical	manner	and	that	the	
output	of	our	service	generates	a	positive	impact	on	the	
environment.

Why We Do It
Our	approach	to	CSR	benefits	both	the	Group	and	our	
stakeholders.	Efficient	operating	practices	help	to	drive	
cost	reductions	and	improve	our	resilience	in	the	market.	
The	reputation	of	the	business	is	improved	and	it	helps	to	
build	trust	with	our	customers	and	suppliers.

36

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSWork in the 
Community

Case Study

People

Our	facility	in	South	Africa	is	accredited	under	the	Broad-
Based	Black	Empowerment	Act	of	South	Africa.	The	
certification	recognised	the	work	the	business	does	in	
the	local	community,	measure	by	employment	equity,	
enterprise	and	socio-economic	development.

Old	spare	parts	in	the	facility	were	donated	to	a	local	
college	which	provides	higher	education	to	students	from	
disadvantaged	backgrounds,	specifically	in	the	training	of	
repair	technicians	in	the	IT	sector.

The	donation	allows	the	students	to	achieve	a	higher	level	
of	education,	providing	a	benefit	to	the	local	community.

Read more online at  
www.regenersis.com

37

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability
continued

Compliance and Risk Management
As	handlers	of	in-use	or	pre-owned	electronic	devices,	
we	have	a	legal	and	moral	duty	to	handle	personal	
data	with	the	utmost	integrity	and	security.	To	this	
end,	we	have	advanced	quality	control	and	assurance	
programmes	in	place	to	ensure	we	have	a	robust	
approach.	Our	quality	management	systems	are	certified	
to	ISO	9001	and	we	are	compliant	in	all	material	aspects	
with	data	protection	laws	in	all	of	the	countries	in	which	
we	have	significant	operations.	Electronic	devices	often	
contain	a	restricted	and	hazardous	material,	which	
explains	in	part	why	our	operations	are	governed	by	a	
large	body	of	environmental	legislation.	Management	of	
our	environmental	and	legal	risks	is	undertaken	through	
our	ISO	14001-certified	Environmental	Management	
Systems	(EMS).	These	systems	operate	at	all	of	our	
material	repair	and	refurbishment	facilities.	Through	
these	systems	we	track	compliance	with	environmental	
regulations	and	seek	to	implement	strategies	to	exceed	
compliance.		

Interactions With Our Stakeholders
We	recognise	that,	in	a	globalised	world,	the	opportunity	
to	improve	social	and	environmental	outcomes	extends	
far	beyond	the	front	gates	of	our	facilities.	We	work	
with	our	customers	and	suppliers	to	deliver	innovative	
solutions	that	mitigate	impacts	and	deliver	cost	
efficiencies.	

Ethics and Values
We	create	an	ethical	working	environment	for	our	
workforce.	Our	Code	of	Conduct	Policy,	Anti-bribery	and	
Corruption	Policy	and	Whistleblowing	Policy	form	key	
parts	of	staff	induction	and	ongoing	training.	

We	recognise	the	importance	of	our	employees	and	
actively	promote	the	development	of	our	staff.	This	helps	
the	Group	to	achieve	its	objectives	while	at	the	same	
time	providing	development	to	our	staff,	allowing	them	to	
progress	their	own	careers	as	well	as	giving	them	access	
to	and	opportunities	to	develop	the	technologies	in	which	
we	specialise.

The	Whistleblowing	hotline	is	monitored	by	a	third	party	
specialist	call	handler	compliant	with	the	Private	Security	
Industry	Act	requirements	for	interviewing	callers.	They	
provide	a	confidential	and	independent	global	service	
for	staff	to	report	concerns,	which	are	then	escalated	
immediately	to	the	Executive	Chairman	and	CFO	for	
appropriate	action.	

Our Priorities
•	 We	strive	to	create	a	working	environment	driven	by	a	

strong	ethical	foundation.

•	 Our	customers	and	suppliers	should	also	adhere	to	

these	ethical	principles

What We Have Achieved This Year
•	 Our	supplier	checklist	has	been	distributed	to	

provide	due	diligence	information	to	support	the	
procurement	decisions	at	our	operations.	This	
includes	consideration	of	a	supplier’s	environmental	
management	arrangements.	

•	 We	have	created	a	global	set	of	policies	and	

procedures	to	encourage	an	ethical	workplace	and	
create	a	consistent	set	of	operating	principles	across	
all	of	our	locations

Employee Wellbeing, Health and Safety
We	recognise	our	talented	and	diverse	workforce	as	a	
key	business	asset.	Their	development	and	wellbeing	
is	critically	important	to	the	continued	success	of	our	
business.	

We	are	committed	to:

•	 Recruiting	and	retaining	high	calibre	employees	–	

We	seek	out	employees	who	will	help	to	maximise	
business	growth	and	performance.	We	operate	
an	equal	opportunities	policy	and	regard	this	as	
a	commitment	to	make	full	use	of	the	talents	and	
resources	of	all	our	employees.

•	 Developing	our	staff	–	We	are	committed	to	providing	

our	staff	with	career	progression	at	every	level,	tailoring	
training	to	the	requirements	of	roles	in	each	business	
area.	In	addition,	we	assess	the	ongoing	training	
needs	of	our	staff	and	this	is	a	key	element	to	the	
annual	appraisal	process.	

38

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSCorporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability

continued

•	 Building	a	diverse	culture	–	The	Group	operates	in	a	

•	 Encouraging	employee	involvement	-	Several	of	the	

diverse	range	of	economic	and	cultural	environments,	
with	a	lot	of	cross-border	communications	at	both	
a	senior	management	and	an	operative	level.	A	key	
aspect	of	developing	the	success	of	the	Group	is	to	
support	an	open	culture	and	encourage	the	mix	of	
cultures	and	business	practices	across	the	Group.

Group’s	operations	have	implemented	Kaizen,	where	
every	employee	is	encouraged	to	come	up	with	
improvement	suggestions	on	a	regular	basis.	Kaizen	is	
based	on	making	changes	anywhere	in	the	business.	It	
involves	setting	standards	and	then	creating	a	process	
to	continually	improve	those	standards.

•	 Providing	a	safe	and	stable	working	environment	–	
We	provide	a	working	environment	which	meets	all	
legislative	requirements	and	provides	all	the	necessary	
training	support	for	employees	to	operate	safely	within	
it.	We	are	intolerant	of	any	corrupt	practices	by	any	
level	of	employee	and	encourage	whistleblowing	
(through	our	formal	procedure)	if	such	practices	are	
encountered

•	 Protecting	the	interests	of	our	staff	–	We	are	intolerant	
of	any	unacceptable	working	practices,	such	as	any	
form	of	discrimination,	bullying	or	harassment.	

•	 Recognising	performance	-	We	provide	appropriate	

remuneration	for	work	carried	out	and	equal	
opportunities	for	development	and	career	
advancement.

The	Board	provides	regular	staff	briefing	sessions	-	both	
online	and	through	newsletters	from	the	Executive	
Chairman	-	to	provide	updates	on	business	performance,	
strategy	and	developments	affecting	the	business	and	
to	obtain	feedback	and	suggestions	on	the	development	
and	growth	of	the	business.

The	following	table	shows	the	composition	of	the	Group’s	workforce	at	the	end	of	the	year:

Gender 
	 Female
	 Male
Total

Board

Senior 
Management

—
5
5

16
77
93

Other 
Staff

1,265
2,886
4,151

Total

1,281
2,968
4,249

%

30
70
100

Our	health	and	safety	record	continues	to	be	good,	with	no	serious	reported	incidents	during	the	year.	All	our	
operational	staff	receive	the	appropriate	level	of	health	and	safety	training.	Every	operational	site	has	an	established	
structure	in	place	to	deal	with	health	and	safety	matters.	The	Board	monitors	health	and	safety	RIDDOR	reportable	
(or	local	country	equivalent)	incidents	as	a	key	performance	indicator.	This	KPI	is	used	continually	to	manage	the	
business,	improve	performance	and	compare	results	against	target.

Fatalities	(number)
Health	and	safety	RIDDOR	reportable	
incidents	(number)

*	Calendar	year.

2015*
0
0

2014*
0
	0

2013*
0
4

2012*
0
3

2011*
0
4

2010*
0
4

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

39

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportCorporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability
continued

Our Priorities
•	 Our	people	form	a	key	part	of	our	business	model	

and	strategic	priorities.	It	is	important	that	we	create	
an	environment	where	our	employees	can	operate	
efficiently	and	promote	themselves.

•	 Senior	management	roles	within	the	Group	are	filled	at	
both	a	Group	and	local	level,	ensuring	that	there	is	a	
diverse	range	of	management	employees	across	the	
Group,	benefiting	from	the	experience	of	a	global	Plc	
as	well	as	local	knowledge.

•	 It	is	important	to	create	a	safe	and	sustainable	working	

environment	for	our	staff	to	work	in

What We Have Achieved This Year
•	 Second	successive	year	with	no	RIDDOR	reportable	

incidents.

•	 Low	voluntary	staff	turnover	at	both	senior	

management	and	operative	levels

Resource Efficiency
Energy 
We	are	committed	to	monitoring	the	environmental	
impacts	of	our	operations.	The	use	of	fossil	fuels,	carbon	
emissions	and	energy	security	are	critical	issues	for	
the	globe.	Legislators	are	seeking	to	wean	society	off	
traditional	forms	of	energy,	encouraging	both	reduced	
consumption	and	a	switch	to	low	and	zero	carbon	
renewables.	As	a	costly	commodity,	there	are	also	cost	
efficiency	benefits	to	be	gained	from	reducing	energy	
consumption.	As	such,	there	are	strong	environmental,	
social,	regulatory	and	economic	drivers	for	us	to	take	
action	to	improve	the	energy	profile	of	our	products	and	
operations.	

We	see	our	repair,	refurbishment	and	recycling	business	
as	helping	to	reduce	the	energy	footprint	of	both	our	
sector	and	society,	closing	the	loop	on	product	and	
material	lifecycles.	

At	the	facility	level,	we	leverage	the	requirements	of	
our	ISO14001-certified	Environmental	Management	
Systems	(EMS)	to	promote	the	implementation	of	energy	
reductions	targets	and	initiatives.

Conflict Minerals
We	recognise	the	risks	of	significant	adverse	impacts	
which	may	be	associated	with	extracting,	trading,	
handling	and	exporting	minerals	from	conflict-affected	
areas.	The	sale	of	conflict	minerals	can	be	used	to	fund	
rebel	armies,	fuelling	conflict	and	human	rights	abuses.

Our	aim	is	for	all	products,	which	are	manufactured,	or	
contracted	to	be	handled	by	Regenersis,	to	be	DRC	
Conflict-Free.	

Where	our	businesses	find	products	that	contain	conflict	
minerals,	we	will	work	with	suppliers	towards	removal	of	
conflict	minerals	from	the	product.	Additionally,	we	may	
suspend	purchasing	new	products	from	the	supplier	until	
the	issue	is	resolved.	If	a	supplier	refuses	to	cooperate	
and	take	action	towards	removal	of	the	conflict	mineral	
source(s)	from	products	supplied,	we	may	suspend	our	
relationship	with	the	supplier.	

As	part	of	the	Regenersis	process	for	the	implementation	
of	new	suppliers,	our	supplier	evaluation	checklist	helps	
ensure	that	materials	we	purchase	do	not	contain	conflict	
minerals,	and	a	self-declaration	is	also	required	that	
the	full	supply	chain	process	of	the	suppliers	has	been	
examined	to	confirm	this.	

In	addition,	we	have	also	reviewed	our	existing	supply	
base,	and	there	was	no	indication	that	any	products	
handled	by	us	contained	conflict	minerals.

40

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSCorporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability

continued

Waste and Materials
Resource	shortages	present	a	growing	risk	to	economy	
and	society.	Furthermore,	the	world’s	producers	and	
consumers	are	collectively	responsible	for	generating	an	
unsustainable	volume	of	waste	each	year,	resulting	in	
significant	social	and	environmental	degradation.	There	
are	therefore	strong	motives	for	businesses	to	streamline	
operations	and	seek	resource	and	waste	efficiency	gains	
wherever	possible.	

Our	efficiency	initiatives	around	energy,	water,	waste	and	
materials	form	the	basis	for	mitigating	our	climate	change	
impacts.	With	regards	to	adaptation,	we	recognise	that	
as	a	business	with	a	network	of	sites	and	facilities	we	
must	understand	any	material	risks	from	climate	change,	
particularly	flooding	events.	Therefore,	we	are	working	
to	future-proof	our	operations,	incorporating	flood	risk	
assessment	in	the	due	diligence	procedures	of	our	facility	
acquisitions.

Our	solutions	extend	the	productive	life	of	consumer	
electronics,	avoiding	the	need	for	further	resource	
consumption.	Where	we	can’t	repair	or	refurbish	a	
product,	we	recover	and	recycle	its	component	materials;	
put	succinctly,	our	services	reduce	resource	consumption	
and	mitigate	waste	arising.	

At	our	facilities,	our	management	systems	are	geared	
to	drive	continual	improvements	in	waste	reduction	and	
landfill	avoidance.	Many	of	our	waste	reduction	efforts	
rely	on	our	engagement	and	partnerships	with	third	
parties.	

Climate Change 
It	is	generally	agreed	that	man-made	greenhouse	gas	
emissions	initiated	and	continue	to	perpetuate	changes	
to	our	global	climate.	These	emissions	increase	average	
surface	temperatures,	though	it’s	the	climatic	knock-on	
effects	that	are	the	major	cause	for	concern,	such	as	
more	frequent	extreme	weather	events	and	increased	
global	sea	levels.	Governments,	businesses	and	people	
must	now	act	to	mitigate	further	change	by	cutting	
emissions	and	adapting	to	change	by	preparing	for	its	
effects.	

Our Priorities
•	 We	target	low	environmental	impact	of	our	operations	
in	each	of	our	locations,	which	is	managed	by	the	
amount	of	waste	product	created	by	our	facilities

•	 Our	solutions	aim	to	reduce	the	waste	output	of	our	

customers,	by	encouraging	renewing	devices	through	
re-investment	in	the	product	life	cycle,	rather	than	
disposal	of	electronics.

What We Have Achieved This Year
•	 Our	office	in	Glenrothes	has	moved	to	a	0%	landfill	
waste	operation,	with	91%	of	waste	recycled.	The	
office	generates	higher	revenue	from	its	waste	
than	the	costs	of	disposal	as	a	result	of	this	waste	
management.

•	 Our	operations	in	emerging	markets	such	as	Mexico,	
India	and	Poland	recorded	waste	recycling	rates	in	
excess	of	80%.

•	 Carbon	dioxide	emissions	per	employee	in	the	UK	

have	reduced	by	25%	in	2015.	

•	 We	have	invested	further	in	our	refurbishment	facility	
in	Romania	as	well	as	the	data	erasure	solution	to	
provide	a	way	for	our	customer	to	recycle	and	reuse	
their	old	devices.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

41

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Strategic ReportDivider

Supporting The Life Cycle  
Of Technology

42

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Our Governance

Directors and Advisers

Directors’ Report

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities

44

47

49

54

61

65

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

43

Directors & Advisers

Matthew Peacock
Executive Chairman
Matthew	Peacock	joined	the	Board	in	February	2011.	He	is	the	founding	
partner	of	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP,	which	is	a	shareholder	of	
Regenersis.	Hanover	Investors	is	a	specialist	turnaround	and	‘Change	for	
Growth’	investment	firm.	Matthew	has	led	investments	for	over	20	years	
in,	amongst	other	sectors,	manufacturing,	outsourced	business	services,	
chemicals,	financial	services,	textiles	and	logistics.	Prior	to	this,	he	ran	
the	international	M&A	team	in	London	at	Barclays	de	Zoete	Wedd,	having	
started	his	career	at	Credit	Suisse	First	Boston	in	New	York.

Jog Dhody
Chief Financial Officer
Jog	Dhody	joined	the	Board	in	March	2012.	He	has	significant	financial	
management	experience,	particularly	within	ambitious,	growth-oriented	
businesses.	Prior	to	joining	Regenersis,	Jog	was	Chief	Financial	Officer	
of	the	Esporta	Group,	a	position	he	held	for	four	years.	During	that	time,	
he	played	a	key	role	in	the	successful	restructuring	and	turnaround	of	the	
business,	which	had	been	the	subject	of	a	private	equity-backed	refinancing,	
and	the	ultimate	sale	of	the	business.	Prior	to	this,	Jog	was	Group	Financial	
Controller	of	the	Phones4u	Group.

Frank Blin
Senior Independent Non-executive Director
Frank	Blin	joined	the	Board	in	December	2014	following	the	retirement	of	the	
incumbent	Senior	Independent	Non-executive	Director,	Michael	Peacock.	
Frank	enjoyed	a	long	and	successful	career	with	PwC,	becoming	Head	of	
UK	Regions	and	a	UK	Management	Board	member	before	his	retirement	in	
2012.	He	is	a	Non-executive	Director	of	London	and	Scottish	Investments	
Limited,	Urica	Limited	and	DCM	(Optical	Holdings)	Limited,	and	Chairman	of	
the	University	of	Strathclyde	commercialisation	Board.	He	was	awarded	a	CBE	
for	his	services	to	the	Scottish	financial	sector	in	2002	and	was	awarded	an	
honorary	Doctorate	of	Business	Administration	by	the	University	of	Strathclyde	
in	2010.

44

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRob Woodward 
Independent Non-executive Director
Rob	Woodward	joined	the	Board	in	June	2013.	He	is	also	Chief	Executive	
of	STV	Group	plc	and	has	significant	experience	in	the	Technology,	
Media	and	Telecommunications	(TMT)	industry,	notably	with	STV,	as	the	
Commercial	Director	of	Channel	4	Television,	as	a	Managing	Director	with	
UBS	Corporate	Finance	and	as	the	lead	partner	for	Deloitte’s	TMT	industry	
group	in	Europe.

Tom Russell
Non-executive Director
Tom	Russell	joined	the	Board	in	March	2011.	He	is	also	a	partner	at	
Hanover	Investors.	Prior	to	this,	he	spent	nine	years	at	Mercer	Oliver	
Wyman,	where	he	specialised	in	the	Communications,	Information	and	
Entertainment	sector,	advising	on	strategy	and	operations.	

Tom Skelton 
(to	be	appointed	on	1	October	2015)
Non-executive Director
Tom	is	currently	Chief	Executive	Officer	of	Surescripts	LLC,	a	leading	healthcare	
information	technology	business.	Before	joining	Surescripts	he	served	as	
Chief	Executive	Officer	for	the	Foundation	Radiology	Group	and	as	a	founding	
member	of	Confluence	Medical	Systems,	a	healthcare	and	technology	consulting	
partnership.	Previously	he	served	at	Misys	Healthcare	Systems	from	January	
2002	until	March	2007	and	as	a	director	of	Misys	plc.	Prior	to	that,	he	was	Chief	
Executive	Officer	of	Medic	Computer	Systems,	a	US-based	software	company	
focused	on	the	healthcare	information	technology	market.	He	earned	his	BSBA	
from	Robert	Morris	University,	Pittsburgh,	PA.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

45

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceDirectors & Advisers continued

Ian Powell
(to	be	appointed	on	1	October	2015)
Executive Director
Ian	will	join	the	main	Board	as	Executive	Director	on	1	October	2015	and	
take	on	the	role	of	CEO	of	Regenersis	Depot	Solutions	and	Advanced	
Solutions. 	Ian,	aged	54,	was	previously	Group	Managing	Director	
of	Regenersis	in	the	period	2011-2013,	prior	to	that	he	was	CEO	of	
Chapelthorpe	plc,	and	Chairman	of	Banner	Limited.

Patrick J Clawson
(to	be	appointed	on	1	October	2015)
Executive Director
Pat	will	join	the	main	Board	as	Executive	Director	on	1	October	2015	and	
take	on	the	role	of	CEO	of	Blancco	Technology	Group. 	Patrick	brings	deep	
software	and	security	sector	experience. 	Pat,	aged	51,	was	previously	
Chairman/CEO		of	Lumension.

Joint broker
Panmure	Gordon	(UK)	Ltd
One	New	Change
London	EC4M	9AF	

Bankers
HSBC
4th	Floor,	120	Edmund	Street
Birmingham	B3	2QZ
Financial Advisors
William	Blair	Investment	Bank
17th	Floor	The	Broadgate	Tower
20	Primrose	Street
London	EC2A	2EW

Registrars
Computershare	Investor		
Services	plc
PO	Box	82
The	Pavilions
Bridgwater	Road
Bristol	BS99	7NH

Lawyers
Herbert	Smith	Freehills	LLP	
Exchange	House
Primrose	Street
London	EC2A	2HS

Pinsent	Masons
3	Colmore	Circus
Birmingham	B4	6BH

Financial public relations
Tulchan	Communications	LLP
85	Fleet	Street
London	EC4Y	1AE

Company Secretary
Lorraine	Young	Company	Secretaries	
Limited
190	High	Street
Tonbridge
Kent	TN9	1BE

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Registered office
190	High	Street
Tonbridge
Kent	TN9	1BE
T:	+44	(0)1480	482	866	

Company number 
05113820

Auditor
KPMG	LLP
One	Snowhill
Snow	Hill	Queensway
Birmingham	B4	6GH

Nominated adviser  
and joint broker
Peel	Hunt	LLP
Moor	House
120	London	Wall
London	EC2Y	5ET

46

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSDirectors’ Report

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2015.

Strategic Report
Pursuant	to	sections	414A-D	of	the	Companies	Act	
2006	a	Strategic	Report	is	set	out	on	pages	6	to	
41	and	incorporates	the	Chairman’s	Statement	and	
Business	Review.	The	Strategic	Report	includes	details	
of	expected	future	developments	in	the	business	of	the	
Group,	principal	risks	and	uncertainties,	details	of	key	
performance	indicators	deployed	by	management	snd	
the	Corporate	Social	Responsibility	and	Sustainability	
Report.

Details	of	Directors’	service	agreements	are	set	out		
in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61		
to	64.

The	interests	of	the	Directors	in	the	shares	of	the	
Company	are	set	out	on	page	64.

Directors’ Liability Insurance and 
Indemnities
The	Company	maintains	liability	insurance	for	the	
Directors	and	Officers	of	all	Group	companies.	

In	addition	to	the	Strategic	Report,	the	Corporate	
Governance	Report	on	pages	49	to	60,	the	Audit	
Committee	Report	on	pages	54	to	59	and	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64	are	incorporated	
into	this	report	by	reference.

The	Group	is	not	required	to	comply	with	Schedule	8	of	
the	Large	and	Medium-sized	Companies	and	Groups	
(Accounts	and	Reports)	Regulations	as	amended	in	2013	
which	enhanced	reporting	requirements	for	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report.	However,	the	Remuneration	
Report	on	pages	61	to	64	does	set	out	the	policy	on	
remuneration	and	shareholders	are	asked	to	vote	on	this	
report	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting.

The	Strategic	Report	has	been	prepared	to	provide	the	
Company’s	shareholders	with	a	fair	review	of	its	business	
and	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	uncertainties	
facing	it.	It	should	not	be	relied	upon	by	anyone,	including	
the	Company’s	shareholders,	for	any	other	purpose.

Results and Dividends
The	audited	accounts	for	the	Group	for	the	year	ended	
30	June	2015	are	set	out	on	pages	72	to	119.	The	Group	
profit	for	the	year	after	taxation	was	£5.1	million	(2014:	
£3.25	million).	The	Board	recommends	the	payment	
of	a	final	dividend	of	3.35	pence	per	ordinary	share.	If	
approved,	the	final	dividend	will	be	paid	on	3	December	
2015	to	shareholders	on	the	register	at	the	close	of	
business	on	6	November	2015.

Directors
Biographical	details	of	all	Directors	are	set	out	on	pages	
44	to	46.	Michael	Peacock	retired	from	the	Board	in	
November	2014	and	was	replaced	by	Frank	Blin.

Jog	Dhody	will	be	offering	himself	for	re-election	at	the	
Annual	General	Meeting	and	Frank	Blin	will	be	offering	
himself	for	election,	having	been	appointed	since	the	last	
meeting.

Indemnities	are	in	force	under	which	the	Company	
has	agreed	to	indemnify	the	Directors	to	the	extent	
permitted	by	applicable	law	and	the	Company’s	articles	
of	association	in	respect	of	all	losses	arising	out	of,	or	in	
connection	with,	the	execution	of	their	powers,	duties	
and	responsibilities	as	Directors	of	the	Company	or	any	
of	its	subsidiaries.

Neither	the	Group’s	liability	insurance	nor	indemnities	
provides	cover	in	the	event	that	a	Director	or	Officer	is	
proved	to	have	acted	fraudulently	or	dishonestly.

Related party transactions
The	details	of	transactions	with	Directors	and	other	
related	parties	are	set	out	in	note	36	to	the	financial	
statements.

Share capital 
The	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company	at	30	June	
2015	was	£1,580,504	comprised	of	79,022,599	ordinary	
shares	of	two	pence	each.	

Holders	of	ordinary	shares	are	entitled	to	receive	
dividends	when	declared,	to	receive	the	Company’s	
report	and	accounts,	to	attend	and	speak	at	General	
Meetings	of	the	Company,	to	appoint	proxies	and	to	
exercise	voting	rights.

There	are	no	restrictions	on	transfer	or	limitations	on	the	
holding	of	ordinary	shares	and	no	requirements	to	obtain	
prior	approval	to	any	transfer.

No	ordinary	shares	carry	any	special	rights	with	regard	
to	control	of	the	Company	and	there	are	no	restrictions	
on	voting	rights	except	that	a	shareholder	has	no	right	to	
vote	in	respect	of	a	share	unless	all	sums	due	in	respect	
of	that	share	are	fully	paid.	

The	Directors	will	be	seeking	shareholder	approval	at	the	
AGM	of	the	renewal	of	their	authority	to	allot	shares,	dis-
apply	pre-emption	rights	and	of	the	authority	for	the	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

47

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceDirectors’ Report continued

Company	to	purchase	its	own	shares.	Full	details	are	
contained	in	the	Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting	on	
pages	130	to	135.

Substantial Shareholdings
As	at	30	June	2015,	the	following	shareholders	owned	
more	than	3%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	the	
Company:

M&G	Investment	Funds
Hanover	Investors	Partners
Impax	Asset	Management	Limited
Polygon	Global	Partners	LLP
FIL	Limited
NFU	Mutual	Insurance	Society
The	Regenersis	Employee		
Benefit	Trust
Investec	Asset	Management

% of issued 
share capital
12.84
6.60
6.01
5.15
5.12
3.91
3.12

Number of 
shares
10,144,928
5,217,651
4,754,027
4,073,329
4,052,461
3,092,225
2,467,394

3.10

2,450,000

Fixed Assets
In	the	opinion	of	the	Directors,	there	is	no	material	
difference	between	the	book	value	and	the	current	
open	market	value	of	the	Group’s	interests	in	land	and	
buildings.

Going Concern 
As	highlighted	in	note	26	to	the	financial	statements,	the	
Group	meets	its	day	to	day	working	capital	requirements	
through	cash	reserves	and	a	revolving	credit	facility	which	
has	been	extended	until	October	2019.

Further	information	on	the	Group’s	business	activities,	
together	with	the	factors	likely	to	affect	its	future	
development,	performance	and	position,	is	set	out	in	the	
Business	Review	on	pages	22	to	24.	Further	information	
on	the	financial	position	of	the	Group,	its	cash	flow,	
liquidity	position	and	borrowing	facility	are	described	in	
the	Business	Review	on	pages	24	to	29.	In	addition,	
note	30	to	the	financial	statements	details	the	Group’s	
objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	managing	its	
capital	and	its	exposures	to	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.

The	Group’s	forecasts	and	projections,	taking	account	
of	possible	changes	in	trading	performance,	show	that	
the	Group	should	be	able	to	operate	within	the	level	of	its	
current	revolving	credit	facility.	The	Board	therefore	has	a	
reasonable	expectation	that	the	Company	and	the	Group	
have	adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	
existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.	Thus	they	continue	
to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	in	
preparing	the	annual	financial	statements.	

Subsequent Events
These	are	detailed	on	page	118.

Annual General Meeting
The	AGM	of	the	Company	will	be	held	at	12	noon	on	
Wednesday	25	November	2015	at	Peel	Hunt	LLP,	Moor	
House,	120	London	Wall,	London	EC2Y	5ET.	The	Notice	
setting	out	details	of	the	business	to	be	considered	at	the	
meeting	is	included	on	pages	130	to	135.

Financial Instruments
Information	on	the	Group’s	financial	risk	management	
objectives	and	policies	and	its	exposure	to	credit	risk,	
liquidity	risk,	interest	rate	risk	and	foreign	currency	risk	
can	be	found	in	note	30.

Auditor
KPMG	LLP	have	indicated	their	willingness	to	continue	in	
office	as	auditor	and	a	resolution	for	their	reappointment	
will	be	proposed	at	the	AGM.

Disclosure of Information to the Auditor
As	required	by	Section	418	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	
each	Director	serving	at	the	date	of	approval	of	the	
financial	statements	confirms	that:

•	 to	the	best	of	their	knowledge	and	belief,	there	is	no	

information	relevant	to	the	preparation	of	their	report	of	
which	the	Company’s	auditor	is	unaware;	and

•	 each	Director	has	taken	all	the	steps	a	Director	might	
reasonably	be	expected	to	have	taken	to	be	aware	
of	relevant	audit	information	and	to	establish	that	the	
Company’s	auditor	is	aware	of	that	information.

Words	and	phrases	used	in	this	confirmation	should	
be	interpreted	in	accordance	with	Section	418	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006.

By	order	of	the	Board

Jog Dhody 
Chief Financial Officer

21	September	2015

48

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSCorporate Governance Report

The Board of Directors are committed to maintaining 
strong corporate governance for the benefit of the 
Group’s shareholders, employees and wider stakeholders. 
We believe the long-term success of the Company is 
underpinned by effective governance, thereby enabling us 
to achieve our strategy and growth aims for the future.

As	the	Company	is	listed	on	the	Alternative	Investment	
Market,	it	is	not	required	to	follow	the	provisions	of	any	
particular	governance	code.	However,	the	Board	of	
Directors	considers	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	
(“the	Code”)	issued	by	the	Financial	Reporting	Council	as	
a	suitable	benchmark	for	the	Company	and	has	applied	
this	when	determining	its	governance	arrangements.	

This	report,	together	with	the	Strategic	Report	on	pages	
6	to	41,	the	Directors’	Report	on	pages	47	to	48,	the	
Audit	Committee	Report	on	pages	54	to	59,	and	the	
Directors’	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64,	
describes	how	the	Company	has	applied	the	relevant	
provisions	of	the	Code.

The Role of the Board
The	role	of	the	Board	is	to	provide	entrepreneurial	
leadership	and	the	Directors	are	collectively	responsible	
for	the	long-term	success	of	the	Group.	The	Board	also	
acts	as	custodian	of	the	Company’s	values	and	of	its	
long-term	vision,	and	provides	strategic	direction	and	
guidance	for	the	Group.	

In	discharging	its	responsibilities,	the	Board	also	seeks	to	
set,	promote	and	demonstrate	adherence	to	our	values	
and	ethical	standards.	It	remains	mindful	of	the	need	
for	the	Directors	to	observe	their	legal	duties,	as	well	as	
to	promote	the	success	of	the	Group	in	a	sustainable	
way,	not	only	for	our	shareholders,	but	also	for	our	
stakeholders,	which	includes	our	employees,	suppliers,	
customers	and	the	wider	community.

The	Board	leads	a	strong	governance	framework	
throughout	the	business,	supported	by	the	Audit,	
Nominations	and	Remuneration	Committees.	The	terms	
of	reference	for	all	three	Board	committees	were	reviewed	
and	updated	during	the	year.	

The	Executive	Chairman	is	responsible	for	the	leadership	
of	the	Board	and	ensuring	its	effectiveness	in	all	aspects	
of	its	role.	He	is	also	responsible	for	creating	the	right	
Board	dynamic	and	for	promoting	a	culture	of	openness	
and	debate,	in	addition	to	ensuring	constructive	and	
productive	relations	between	Executive	and	Non-
executive	Directors.	The	Executive	Chairman	is	an	
ambassador	for	the	Company	to	shareholders	and	other	
stakeholders,	and	works	specifically	to	ensure	there	is	
sufficient	and	effective	communication	with	shareholders	
and	to	understand	their	issues	and	concerns.	

The	Executive	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	running	
of	the	business.	The	Non-executive	Directors	are	
responsible	for	exercising	independent	and	objective	
judgement	in	respect	of	Board	decisions,	developing	
corporate	strategy	with	senior	management,	and	for	
scrutinising	and	constructively	challenging	the	actions	of	
senior	management.

Frank	Blin	is	the	current	Senior	Independent	Non-
executive	Director,	to	whom	concerns	may	be	
conveyed	by	shareholders	if	they	are	unable	to	
resolve	them	through	existing	mechanisms	for	
investor	communications	or	where	such	channels	are	
inappropriate.	Frank	replaced	Michael	Peacock	in	this	
role	following	Michael’s	retirement	in	November	2014.

The	responsibilities	of	the	Executive	Chairman,	the	Senior	
Independent	Director	and	the	Company	Secretary	have	
been	agreed	by	the	Board	and	are	set	out	in	writing.

Details	of	the	terms	of	appointment	of	both	the	Executive	
and	Non-executive	Directors	are	set	out	in	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report,	which	refers	to	Executive	service	
contracts	and	non-executive	terms	of	appointment,	
copies	of	which	are	available	for	inspection	at	the	
Company’s	registered	office	and	which	will	be	available	
for	inspection	at	the	AGM.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

49

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Compliance with the Code
The	Group	has	complied	with	the	provisions	of	the	Code	throughout	the	year,	with	the	following	exceptions:

•	 Matthew	Peacock,	as	Executive	Chairman,	has	responsibilities	for	both	the	organisation	of	the	Board	and	running	
of	the	Group’s	business.	Whilst	this	does	not	meet	the	criteria	set	out	in	provision	A.2	of	the	Code,	the	objectivity	
of	the	Board	and	its	independence	from	management	is	strengthened	by	the	designation	of	a	Senior	Independent	
Director,	Frank	Blin,	to	convene	or	chair	sessions	of	the	Non-executive	Directors	if	required.

•	 Tom	Russell	was	appointed	a	Non-executive	Director	of	the	Company	from	17	March	2015	having	previously	been	
an	Executive	Director.	By	virtue	of	his	association	with	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP,	he	did	not	meet	the	
independence	criteria	set	out	in	provision	B1.1	of	the	Code.	Mr	Russell	is	not	a	member	of	the	Board	committees.	
The	Audit	and	Remuneration	Committees	are	comprised	of	two	Independent	Non-executive	Directors	as	required	
by	C3.1	and	D2.1,	and	the	Nominations	Committee	comprises	a	majority	of	Independent	Non-executive	Directors	
as	required	by	provision	B2.1	of	the	Code.

•	 Frank	Blin	was	appointed	to	the	Board	in	December	2014.	The	Nominations	Committee	decided	not	to	openly	

advertise	or	engage	an	external	search	agency	for	this	appointment.	As	required	under	B2.4,	the	Committee	were	
of		the	view	that	in	order	to	meet	the	particular	skill	requirements	needed	for	the	Board	it	was	not	appropriate	to	
openly	advertise	or	use	a	search	agency.

The Board
Structure and Composition
As	at	30	June	2015,	the	Board	comprised	two	Executive	and	three	Non-executive	Directors:

Matthew	Peacock
Jog	Dhody
Tom	Russell*
Frank	Blin
Rob	Woodward

Executive	Chairman
Chief	Financial	Officer
Non-executive	Director
Non-executive	Director
Non-executive	Director

Audit Committee Remuneration Committee
—
—
—
Member
Chairman

—
—
—
Chairman
Member

Nominations Committee
Chairman
—
—
Member
Member

*	Appointed	a	Non-executive	Director	from	17	March	2015	having	previously	been	an	Executive	Director.	

Biographies	of	all	the	Directors	at	the	date	of	this	report	
are	set	out	from	page	44.	

Board Diversity 
Regenersis	has	a	strong	and	balanced	Board,	with	a	
range	of	complementary	skills	to	support	the	strategic	
and	operational	direction	of	the	Group.	We	recognise	
the	importance	of	diversity	at	Board	level	and	our	Board	
members	comprise	members	with	a	wide	range	of	skills	
and	experiences	from	a	variety	of	business	backgrounds,	
including	international	and	industrial	expertise.	

Whilst	the	Company	pursues	diversity,	including	gender	
diversity,	throughout	the	business,	the	Board	is	not	
committing	to	any	specific	targets.	Instead,	the	Board	will	
continue	to	pursue	a	policy	of	appointing	talented	people	
at	every	level	to	deliver	high	performance.

The	composition	of	the	Board	is	intended	to	
ensure	that	its	membership	represents	a	mix	of	
backgrounds	and	experience	that	will	enhance	the	
quality	of	its	deliberations	and	decisions.	Diversity	in	
Board	composition	is	an	important	driver	of	Board	
effectiveness.	In	considering	the	composition	of	the	
Board,	consideration	is	given	to	the	skills	required	by	the	
Board	at	that	time	and	the	need	to	address	longer-term	
succession	and	business	priorities.	

50

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSThe	formal	annual	evaluation	of	the	Board,	Board	
committees	and	individual	Directors	takes	Board	diversity	
into	account	and	is	instrumental	in	identifying	any	new	
skill	requirements,	as	well	as	possible	shortcomings	or	
gaps.

Further	information	on	the	number	of	men	and	women	
in	our	workforce	is	provided	in	the	Corporate	Social	
Responsibility	and	Sustainability	Report	on	pages	36	to	
41.

Board Process
The	Directors	ensure	the	effectiveness	of	the	Board	
through	regular	meetings	and	by	having	open	lines	of	
communication	between	Board	members.	

During	the	year,	the	Board	made	two	visits	to	the	Group’s	
operating	sites,	and	believes	that	the	benefit	of	its	
collective	experience	is	a	valuable	asset	to	the	business.	

On	joining	the	Board,	new	Directors	are	provided	
with	a	tailored	induction	programme.	They	are	given	
background	information	describing	the	Group	and	its	
activities.	Meetings	with	principal	shareholders	and	
advisers	are	also	arranged	as	appropriate.

Details	of	attendance	at	scheduled	Board	and	Board	Committee	meetings	in	this	annual	cycle	are	as	follows:

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee Nominations Committee

Eligible to
attend
15
7

Attended
15
6

Eligible to
attend
—
1

Attended
2*
1

Eligible to
attend
—
2

Attended
4*
2

Eligible to 
attend
2
—

15
15
15
7

14
15
15
5

—
4
—
3

—
4
4*	
3

—
4
—
2

2*
4
3*
2

—
2
—
1

Attended

2
—

—
2
1*
1

Matthew	Peacock
Frank	Blin	(Appointed		
1	December	2014)
Tom	Russell
Rob	Woodward	
Jog	Dhody	
Michael	Peacock
(Resigned	26	November	
2014)

*	Attended	by	invitation.

If	Directors	are	unable	to	attend	Board	or	Committee	
meetings	they	review	the	relevant	papers	and	provide	
comments	to	the	Executive	Chairman	or	Committee	
Chairman.

The	Board	has	agreed	a	schedule	of	matters	reserved	
specifically	for	its	decision,	which	includes:

•	 Overall	strategy	and	objectives.

•	 Approving	interim	and	annual	financial	statements.

•	 Approving	annual	budget	and	medium-term	

projections.

•	 Reviewing	operational	and	financial	performance.

•	 Acquisitions	and	disposals.

•	 Approval	of	major	customer	contracts.

•	 Major	divestments	and	capital	expenditure.

•	 Ensuring	maintenance	of	a	sound	system	of	internal	

control	and	risk	management	by	the	Group.	

•	 Reviewing	the	environmental	and	health	and	safety	

performance	of	the	Group.

•	 Approving	appointments	to	the	Board,	including	the	

Company	Secretary.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

51

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Relations with Shareholders
Dialogue
The	Board	is	committed	to	maintaining	good	
communications	with	shareholders.	Other	than	during	
close	periods,	the	Executive	Chairman	and	Chief	
Financial	Officer	maintain	a	regular	dialogue	with	
institutional	shareholders	throughout	the	year	and	give	
presentations	to	institutional	shareholders	and	analysts	
immediately	after	the	announcement	of	the	Group’s	half	
year	and	full	year	results.	The	Group	also	encourages	
communications	with	private	shareholders	throughout	
the	year	and	welcomes	their	participation	at	shareholder	
meetings.

The	Group	maintains	a	corporate	website	(www.
regenersis.com),	which	complies	with	AIM	Rule	26	and	
contains	a	range	of	information	of	interest	to	institutional	
and	private	investors,	including	the	Group’s	annual	and	
half	year	reports,	trading	statements	and	press	releases	
and	all	regulatory	announcements	relating	to	the	Group.	

Constructive Use of the AGM
The	Board	wishes	to	encourage	the	constructive	use	of	
the	Company’s	AGM	for	shareholder	communication.	

The	Executive	Chairman	of	the	Board	and	the	Chairmen	
of	the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nominations	Committees	
will	be	available	to	answer	questions	at	the	AGM.	As	with	
previous	practice,	separate	resolutions	will	be	proposed	
on	each	substantive	issue	and	the	details	of	the	numbers	
of	proxy	votes	cast	for	and	against	each	resolution	will	be	
available	at	the	meeting.

The	Board	is	supplied	in	a	timely	manner	with	the	
appropriate	information	to	enable	it	to	discharge	its	
duties,	including	providing	constructive	challenge	to	and	
scrutiny	of,	management.	

Procedures	are	in	place	for	Directors	to	take	independent	
professional	advice,	when	necessary,	at	the	Company’s	
expense.	No	such	advice	was	sought	during	the	year	
under	review.

If	Directors	have	concerns	that	cannot	be	resolved	
regarding	the	running	of	the	Group	or	a	proposed	action,	
they	are	encouraged	to	make	their	views	known	and	
these	are	recorded	in	the	Board	minutes.

Directors’ Conflicts of Interest
Under	the	Companies	Act	2006,	a	Director	must	avoid	a	
situation	where	he	has,	or	can	have,	a	direct	or	indirect	
interest	that	conflicts,	or	possibly	may	conflict,	with	the	
Company’s	interests.	The	Company’s	articles	authorise	
the	Directors	to	approve	any	such	situational	conflicts	
which	may	arise,	should	they	consider	it	appropriate	to	
do	so.	

The	Group	maintains	a	Conflicts	Register,	which	is	a	
record	of	all	the	actual	and	potential	conflicts	for	each	
of	the	Directors.	It	is	reviewed	at	the	beginning	of	each	
Board	meeting.	Where	an	actual	or	potential	conflict	
exists,	there	are	safeguards	which	apply	when	Directors	
decide	whether	to	authorise	a	conflict	or	potential	
conflict.	

The	Company	has	complied	with	these	procedures	
during	the	year	and	the	Board	believes	that	they	operate	
effectively.	During	the	year,	details	of	any	new	actual	
or	potential	conflicts	were	submitted	to	the	Board	for	
consideration	and,	where	appropriate,	these	were	
approved.	Authorised	actual	or	potential	conflicts	are	
reviewed	by	the	Board	on	an	annual	basis.

Board Performance and Evaluation
The	Board	carried	out	a	formal	self-assessment	process	
for	itself,	its	committees	and	individual	Directors	in	
respect	of	the	year	ended	30	June	2015.	The	evaluation	
process	concluded	that	the	Board	as	a	whole	and	
its	committees	had	functioned	effectively	during	the	
year	and	that	each	Director	continued	to	make	a	
valuable	contribution.	As	part	of	the	outcomes	from	the	
evaluation,	the	Board	considers	whether	there	is	any	
need	for	additional	training	for	Directors;	the	review	in	the	
current	year	concluded	that	all	Directors	are	sufficiently	
experienced.

52

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSBoard Committees

Remuneration Committee
Role of the Committee and Responsibilities
The	Remuneration	Committee	is	chaired	by	Rob	
Woodward	and	its	other	member	is	Frank	Blin.	The	
Executive	Directors	occasionally	attend	meetings	by	
invitation	only.

Under	its	terms	of	reference,	the	Remuneration	
Committee	is	responsible	for:

•	 Considering	and	approving	all	aspects	of	the	

Company’s	remuneration	policy	for	the	Executive	
Directors	(including	the	Executive	Chairman),	making	
recommendations	to	the	Board	as	appropriate.

•	 Ensuring	that	the	remuneration	and	conditions	of	

service	of	the	Executive	Directors	support	corporate	
objectives	and	shareholders’	interests,	represent	
value	for	money	and	reflect	the	performance	of	the	
Company	and	the	individual	Directors	as	appropriate.

•	 Determining	the	individual	remuneration	packages	for	
the	Executive	Directors	and	the	Executive	Chairman	
(including	bonuses	and	other	incentives).

•	 Recommending	and	monitoring	the	structure	and	level	

of	pay	for	the	senior	management	team.

•	 Agreeing	a	policy	for	the	authorisation	of	expenses	
claimed	by	all	Directors	and	reviewing	annually	a	
schedule	of	expenses	claimed	by	the	Directors	in	the	
preceding	financial	year.

Nominations Committee
Role of the Committee and Responsibilities
The	Nominations	Committee	is	chaired	by	Matthew	
Peacock.	Rob	Woodward	and	Frank	Blin	are	also	
members.	Under	its	terms	of	reference,	the	Nominations	
Committee	is	responsible	for:

•	 regular	review	of	the	structure,	size	and	composition	of	

the	Board.

•	 reviewing	plans	for	the	orderly	succession	for	both	
Executive	and	Non-executive	Directors	and	in	
particular	for	the	key	roles	of	Executive	Chairman	and	
Senior	Independent	Director.

•	 membership	of	the	Audit	and	Remuneration	
Committees,	in	consultation	with	the	relevant	
Chairmen	of	those	committees.

•	 making	recommendations	to	the	Board	on	the	re-
appointment	of	any	Non-executive	Director	at	the	
conclusion	of	their	specified	term	of	office,	having	
given	due	regard	to	their	performance	and	ability	to	
continue	to	contribute	to	the	Board	in	light	of	the	
knowledge,	skills	and	experience	required.

The	Committee	meets	as	and	when	required	and	met	
after	the	year	end	to	evaluate	its	own	performance.

During	the	year,	the	Committee,	in	accordance	with	
its	terms	of	reference,	recommended	the	appointment	
of	Frank	Blin	to	join	the	Board.	The	Committee	
recommended	his	appointment	based	on	the	skills	and	
experience	that	would	be	brought	to	the	Board.	

•	 Making	whatever	other	recommendations	to	the	Board	
it	deems	appropriate	on	any	area	within	its	remit	where	
action	or	improvement	is	needed.

Part	of	the	role	of	the	Committee	is	to	keep	the	other	
interests	of	the	Non-executive	Directors	under	review	to	
ensure	the	effectiveness	is	not	compromised.

During	the	year	the	committee	met	four	times.

Full	details	of	the	role,	policies	and	activities	of	the	
Remuneration	Committee	are	set	out	in	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64.

At	the	2014	Annual	General	Meeting	all	of	the	resolutions	
were	passed	with	the	exception	of	the	advisory	vote	
on	the	Director’s	Remuneration	Report.	Following	the	
meeting	the	Directors	have	maintained	a	dialogue	with	
investors	regarding	the	structure	of	future	incentives	for	
the	Executive	team	and	will	continue	to	do	so.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

53

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Audit Committee
Role of the Committee and Responsibilities
The	Audit	Committee	is	chaired	by	Frank	Blin	and	its	
other	Non-executive	member	is	Rob	Woodward.	By	
virtue	of	his	former	Executive	and	current	Non-executive	
roles,	the	Directors	consider	that	Frank	Blin	has	recent	
and	relevant	financial	experience.	The	Executive	
Chairman	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	attend	meetings	
of	the	Audit	Committee	by	invitation.	The	Chairman	
and/or	the	Committee	meets	with	the	external	auditor	
without	any	Executive	Directors	present	whenever	this	is	
considered	appropriate.	The	Audit	Committee	Chairman	
also	meets	with	the	Head	of	Internal	Audit	on	a	regular	
basis	without	any	Executive	Directors	present	whenever	
this	is	considered	appropriate.

New for 2015
•	 The	Committee	has	revisited	the	Blancco	revenue	
recognition	policy,	since	the	business	has	now	
been	under	Group	control	for	its	first	full	year.	The	
complexity	arises	around	multiple	service	element	
deliverables.	The	Committee	reviewed	the	policy	and	
concluded	the	approach	to	be	reasonable.

•	 The	Committee	has	reviewed	the	Digital	Care	revenue	

recognition	approach	which	has	become	more	
significant	to	the	Group	in	the	year	as	the	business	has	
grown.	Complexities	arise	in	the	revenue	recognition	
in	assessing	the	various	elements	of	the	contract,	
including	insurance	revenue.	The	Committee	reviewed	
the	empirical	data	and	concluded	the	approach	was	
reasonable.

The	Committee’s	responsibilities	include:

•	 The	Committee	has	reviewed	the	acquisition	

•	 Monitoring	the	integrity	of	the	financial	statements	of	
the	Group	and	any	formal	announcements	relating	
to	the	Group’s	financial	performance	and	reviewing	
significant	financial	reporting	judgements	contained	
therein.

•	 Making	recommendations	to	the	Board	to	be	put	to	
shareholders	on	the	appointment,	reappointment	
and	removal	of	the	external	auditor,	approving	the	
remuneration	and	terms	of	engagement	of	the	
external	auditor	and	agreeing	the	scope	of	the	audit	
engagement;

•	 Keeping	under	review	the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	
systems	of	internal	financial	control	and	reporting	to	
the	Board	regarding	such	systems	on	an	annual	basis;	
and

•	 Reviewing	the	arrangements	by	which	Group	

employees	may,	in	confidence,	raise	concerns	about	
possible	improprieties	in	matters	of	financial	reporting	
(or	other	matters).

Key Areas of Focus During the Year
During	this	annual	cycle,	the	Audit	Committee	met	
four	times.	It	has	an	annual	work	plan,	developed	from	
its	terms	of	reference,	with	standing	items	that	the	
Committee	considers	at	each	meeting	in	addition	to	any	
specific	matters	on	which	the	Committee	has	chosen	
to	focus.	The	work	of	the	Audit	Committee	covered	the	
following	areas:

accounting	for	the	new	acquisitions	in	the	year,	
including	further	investment	in	Xcaliber	and	the	
Blancco	sales	offices,	as	well	as	the	acquisition	of	
SafeIT.	Complexities	arise	in	this	accounting	due	to	
the	estimations	involved	in	assessing	the	value	of	the	
acquisitions	and	related	contingent	consideration,	
where	appropriate.	The	Committee	concluded	that	the	
treatment	adopted	in	the	case	of	each	acquisition	was	
reasonable.

Risk management and internal controls
•	 Considered	reports	from	the	Head	of	Internal	Audit	

on	their	work	and	ongoing	assessment	of	the	control	
environment.

•	 Considered	reports	from	the	external	auditor	on	their	

assessment	of	the	control	environment.

•	 Considered	the	ongoing	increase	in	the	size	and	

complexity	of	the	Group,	particularly	overseas	and	the	
need	to	implement	additional	and	appropriate	controls	
to	mitigate	the	higher	levels	of	risk	that	the	Group	was	
exposed	to.

•	 Reviewed	the	Risk	Register	and	discussed	the	

approach	that	executive	management	was	expecting	
to	adopt	in	the	ensuing	financial	year	to	enhance	
mitigating	actions.

•	 Reviewed	the	outcome	of	the	Risk	Management	

Committee	activities.

•	 Reviewed	the	resources	of	the	Internal	Audit	function	

and	considered	and	approved	the	scope	of	the	internal	
audit	programme.

•	 Reviewed	the	outcome	from	the	conflict	minerals	

survey.

54

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS•	 Considered	the	effectiveness	of	Group-wide	controls,	
including	financial	controls	and	disaster	recovery	
procedures.

•	 Considered	the	effectiveness	of	the	Internal	Audit	

function.

•	 Considered	the	Group’s	treasury	policies,	including	
cash	and	foreign	currency	management	procedures.

•	 Considered	the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	

whistleblowing	policy,	both	for	raising	issues	and	
their	resolution,	and	reviewed	the	outcomes	from	the	
instances	of	whistleblowing	in	the	year.

External auditor
•	 Considered	and	approved	the	audit	approach	and	
scope	of	the	audit	work	to	be	undertaken	by	the	
external	auditor	and	the	fees	for	the	same.

•	 Reviewed	reports	on	audit	findings.

•	 Considered	the	independence	of	the	auditor	and	their	
effectiveness,	taking	into	account:	(a)	the	nature	and	
value	of	the	non-audit	work	undertaken	by	the	external	
auditor;	(b)	the	approval	process	for	non	audit	work	
over	£20,000;	(c)	the	tendering	process	undertaken	
where	necessary	for	the	provision	of	significant	non-
audit	work;	(d)	the	knowledge,	skills	and	experience	of	
the	auditor;	and	(e)	the	Committee’s	own	assessment.

•	 Considered	the	recommendations	in	the	Code	

regarding	the	fees	of	the	external	auditor.

•	 Considered	and	approved	the	letter	of	representation	

issued	to	the	external	auditor.

Accounting and financial reporting
•	 Reviewed	the	half	year	and	annual	financial	statements	
and	the	significant	financial	reporting	judgements	and	
significant	risks.

•	 Reviewed	the	capital	reduction	process	during	the	year

•	 Considered	the	liquidity	risk	and	the	basis	for	preparing	
the	Group	half	year	and	full	year	accounts	on	a	going	
concern	basis	and	reviewed	the	related	disclosures	in	
the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts.

•	 Reviewed	an	accounting	matters	update,	including	
consideration	of	relevant	accounting	standards	and	
underlying	assumptions.

•	 Reviewed	disclosures	in	the	Annual	Report	

and	Accounts	in	order	to	advise	the	Board	on	
whether,	taken	as	a	whole,	it	was	fair,	balanced	
and	understandable	and	provided	the	information	

necessary	for	shareholders	to	assess	the	Company’s	
performance,	business	model	and	strategy.

•	 Reviewed	disclosures	in	the	Annual	Report	and	

Accounts	in	relation	to	disclosures	around	internal	
controls,	risk	management,	principal	risks	and	
uncertainties	and	the	work	of	the	Committee.

Audit independence
The	Audit	Committee	and	the	Board	place	great	
emphasis	on	the	objectivity	of	the	external	auditor	in	their	
reporting	to	shareholders.	The	audit	partner	and	senior	
manager	are	present	at	Audit	Committee	meetings	as	
required	to	ensure	full	communication	of	matters	relating	
to	the	audit.	The	overall	performance	of	the	auditor	is	
reviewed	annually	by	the	Audit	Committee,	taking	into	
account	the	views	of	management,	and	feedback	is	
provided	when	necessary	to	senior	members	of	KPMG	
unrelated	to	the	audit.	This	activity	also	forms	part	
of	KPMG’s	own	system	of	quality	control.	The	Audit	
Committee	also	has	discussions	with	the	auditor,	without	
management	being	present,	on	the	adequacy	of	controls	
and	on	any	judgemental	areas.	These	discussions	
have	proved	satisfactory	to	date.	The	scope	of	the	
forthcoming	year’s	audit	is	discussed	in	advance	by	the	
Audit	Committee.	Audit	fees	are	approved	by	the	Audit	
Committee	after	discussions	between	the	businesses	
and	KPMG.	

Rotation	of	the	audit	partner’s	responsibilities	within	KPMG	
is	required	by	their	profession’s	ethical	standards.	There	
will	be	rotation	of	the	audit	partner	and	key	members	
within	the	audit	team	as	appropriate.

Assignments	of	non-audit	work	have	been	and	
are	subject	to	controls	by	management	that	have	
been	agreed	by	the	Audit	Committee	so	that	audit	
independence	is	not	compromised.	In	summary,	these	
procedures	are	as	follows:

•	 Audit	related	services:	as	auditor.	If	any	additional	

support	is	required,	this	is	considered	competitively	if	
appropriate.

•	 Tax	consulting:	after	considering	competitive	offers,	
in	cases	where	they	are	best	suited,	the	Group	has	
engaged	KPMG	and	its	associates.

•	 M&A	advice	and	due	diligence:	after	considering	

competitive	offers,	in	cases	where	they	are	best	suited,	
the	Group	has	engaged	KPMG	and	its	associates.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

55

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Other	than	audit,	the	Board	is	required	to	give	prior	
approval	of	work	carried	out	by	KPMG	and	its	associates	
in	excess	of	£20,000.	Part	of	this	review	is	to	determine	
that	other	potential	providers	of	the	services	have	been	
adequately	considered.	These	controls	provide	the	Audit	
Committee	with	confidence	in	the	independence	of	
KPMG	in	their	reporting	on	the	audit	of	the	Group.

As	a	result	of	their	review,	and	confirmation	from	the	
auditor	of	their	independence	and	objectivity,	the	Audit	
Committee	has	concluded	that	KPMG	is	independent	of	
the	Company.

Accounting and Financial Reporting 
Matters Considered by the Audit 
Committee
After	discussion	with	both	management	and	the	external	
auditor,	the	Audit	Committee	determined	that	the	key	

risks	of	misstatement	of	the	Group’s	financial	statements	
related	to:

•	 Recoverability	of	goodwill.

•	 Business	combinations.

•	 Revenue	recognition.

•	 Capitalisation	of	intangible	assets

These	issues	were	discussed	with	management	during	
the	year	and	with	the	external	auditor	at	the	time	the	
Committee	reviewed	and	agreed	the	external	auditor’s	
audit	plan,	and	also	at	the	conclusion	of	the	audit	of	
the	annual	financial	statements	in	September	2015.	
The	Audit	Committee	placed	significant	reliance	on	the	
analyses	presented	by	management	and	the	results	of	
the	audit	work	presented	by	the	external	auditor.

Risk factor considered

Sources of evidence and conclusions reached

Recoverability of goodwill 
The	Group	has	been	particularly	active	in	
recent	acquisitions	and	this	has	led	to	the	
creation	of	significant	acquired	goodwill.	
There	is	potential	risk	of	non-recoverability	of:

Management	highlighted	to	the	Committee	how	they	arrived	at	the	
key	assumptions	to	estimate	the	future	cash	flows	associated	with	
each	cash	generating	unit.	These	included:

•	 Budget	and	other	underlying	assumptions

•	 Quality	and	integrity	of	the	Group	forecast	profit	&	loss	and	cash	

•	 Historically	generated	goodwill;	and	

flow	models

•	 Goodwill	newly	created	through	

•	 Sensitivity	analysis	performed	

acquisitions	and	business	combinations.

This	uncertainty	arises	due	to	the	difficulty	in	
forecasting	and	discounting	future	cash	flows	
associated	with	the	individual	cash	generating	
units	that	support	the	recoverability	of	the	
goodwill	in	the	future.

The	accounting	policies	of	the	Group	are	
outlined	in	notes	1.5	and	2.2	to	the	accounts.

•	 Annual	testing	procedure	

•	 The	discount	rates	used	

•	 Benchmark	analyses	against	the	relevant	peer	group.	

The	Committee	interrogated	management’s	key	assumptions	to	
understand	their	impact.	The	Committee	was	satisfied	that	the	
assumptions	used	were	appropriately	scrutinised,	challenged	and	
sufficiently	robust.	

The	Committee	was	further	satisfied	with	the	disclosures	in	the	
financial	statements.

The Committee concluded that: 

•	 The change to the CGUs in the year more accurately 

reflects the split of operations of the Group

•	 Impairment testing indicated continuing high levels of 

headroom on Goodwill associated with the Software and 
Advanced Solutions Division

•	 Headroom was tighter, but still comfortable in relation to 

the Goodwill associated with the Depot Solutions Division. 

56

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRisk factor considered

Sources of evidence and conclusions reached

Business combinations
The	Group	has	been	particularly	active	
in	recent	acquisitions	and,	in	particular	in	
relation	to	certain	acquisitions,	there	is	a	
potential	risk	of	misstatement	of:

Management	highlighted	to	the	Committee	how	they	arrived	at	
the	key	assumptions	to	estimate	the	value	of	each	acquired	asset	
or	liability,	the	fair	value	of	consideration,	and	the	valuation	of	
the	acquired	intangibles	in	the	current	and	previous	years.	This	
included:

•	 Contingent	consideration	for	acquisitions.

•	 Identification	of	all	acquired	assets	and	completeness	of	

•	 Fair	value	of	net	assets	acquired	

•	 Valuation	of	intangibles	arising	on	

acquisition.

This	uncertainty	arises	due	to	the	judgement	
required	in	assessing	newly	acquired	assets	
and	liabilities	and	in	turn	the	goodwill.	This	
uncertainty	is	increased	when	one	considers	
the	dispersed	geographic	nature	of	the	
acquired	businesses.

The	accounting	policies	of	the	Group	are	
outlined	in	notes	1.5,	1.7	and	2.2	to	the	
accounts.

liabilities.

•	 Assessment	of	fair	values	of	identified	assets	and	liabilities.

•	 Underlying	assumptions	used.

•	 Sensitivity	analysis	performed.

•	 Assessment	of	contingent	consideration	and	assumptions	

behind	it.

•	 Review	of	estimates	of	future	cash	flows	associated	with	

each	acquired	intangible	asset	including	customer	contracts,	
intellectual	property	and	brands.

•	 Results	of	work	performed	by	external	experts	to	value	

significant	acquired	intangibles.	

•	 Review	of	previously	established	fair	value	adjustments	to	

determine	if	adjustments	should	be	made	to	the	goodwill	on	
acquisition	or	the	Income	Statement	in	line	with	the	relevant	
accounting	standards

The	Committee	interrogated	management’s	key	assumptions	to	
understand	their	impact.	The	Committee	was	satisfied	that	the	
assumptions	used	were	appropriately	scrutinised,	challenged	and	
sufficiently	robust.	

The	Committee	was	further	satisfied	with	the	disclosures	in	the	
financial	statements.

The Committee concluded that: 

•	 In respect of the fair value of net assets acquired - it 

concluded that the treatment adopted by management was 
reasonable. 

•	 In respect of the fair value assessments created or updated 
during the year - it concluded that the treatment adopted 
by management was reasonable. 

•	 In respect of the valuation of the intangibles - based upon 
the valuation methodology used it concluded that the 
treatment adopted by management was reasonable.

•	 In respect of the calculation of contingent consideration - it 
was concluded that a reasonable estimation of the pay out 
was made based on forecast data.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

57

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Risk factor considered

Sources of evidence and conclusions reached

Revenue recognition
The	Group	has	developed	or	acquired	new	
offerings	and	entered	new	contracts	where	
revenue	recognition	is	becoming	more	
complex,	particularly	in	the	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	Division.	

There	is	potential	risk	of	misstatement	of	
revenues	associated	with	the	following	
business	units	that	have	either	separable	
elements	to	services	being	delivered	or	
where	judgement	is	required	as	to	when	the	
obligation	under	the	service	agreement	was	
fulfilled:

•	 Digital	Care,	Insurance	and	Warranty	

services.

•	 Software	licenses.

This	uncertainty	arises	due	to	the	requirement	
to	identify	the	separable	components	of	the	
revenue	and	to	determine	the	timing	of	the	
recognition	of	the	revenue.	

The	accounting	policies	of	the	Group	are	
outlined	in	note	1.10	to	the	accounts.

Management	highlighted	to	the	Committee	how	they	arrived	at	the	
key	assumptions.	This	included:

•	 A	summary	of	the	main	contract	terms.

•	 The	point	of	revenue	recognition	under	the	contract.

•	 Comparison	of	the	payment	profile	with	the	revenue	profile	of	

key	contracts.

•	 Analyses	of	separable	elements	of	the	revenue	streams	where	
multiple	service	components	are	delivered	to	the	customers.

The	Committee	interrogated	management’s	key	assumptions	to	
understand	their	impact.	The	Committee	was	satisfied	that	the	
assumptions	used	were	appropriately	challenged	and	sufficiently	
robust.	

The	Committee	was	further	satisfied	with	the	disclosures	in	the	
financial	statements.

The Committee concluded that: 

•	 In respect of the Digital Care contracts – the amounts 
allocated to the separate deliverables identified and 
assumptions used were reasonable based upon empirical 
data and the treatment adopted by management was 
reasonable. 

•	 In respect of the software and services element 

arrangements - the calculation used was reasonably 
based on contract terms and the treatment adopted by 
management was reasonable. 

58

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRisk factor considered

Sources of evidence and conclusions reached

Capitalisation of development costs
The	Group	undertakes	development	of	a	
range	of	new	product	and	service	offerings	
in	the	Depot	Solutions	Division	and	ongoing	
Blancco	and	other	product	development	
in	the	Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	
business.

There	is	a	potential	risk	of	misstatement	of:

•	 Inappropriate	judgements	on	whether	a	

project	meets	the	criteria	for	capitalisation

•	 Impairment	of	capitalised	assets,	which	

depends	on	future	cash	flows

The	uncertainty	arises	due	to	the	
classification	of	work	into	research	or	
development,	which	must	be	accounted	for	
separately	under	IFRS.	

Additional	uncertainty	arises	due	to	the	
difficulty	in	forecasting	and	discounting	future	
cash	flows	associated	with	the	development	
expenditure.

The	accounting	policies	of	the	Group	are	
outlined	in	note	1.5	to	the	accounts

Management	highlighted	to	the	Committee	how	they	arrived	at	the	
key	assumptions.	This	included:

•	 A	summary	of	the	processes	used	in	determining	what	costs	

to	capitalise,	including	assessment	of	projects	completed	in	the	
year.

•	 Consideration	of	the	future	economic	benefit	of	current	

development	work,	including	scrutiny	of	budget.

•	 Review	of	estimates	of	future	cash	flows	associated	with	each	

asset.

•	 Review	of	the	assumed	useful	economic	life	of	each	

development	project.

•	 Review	of	past	development	projects	which	have	generated	

economic	benefit	for	the	Group.

The	Committee	interrogated	management’s	key	assumptions	to	
understand	their	impact.		The	Committee	was	satisfied	that	the	
assumptions	used	were	appropriately	scrutinised,	challenged	and	
sufficiently	robust.

The Committee concluded that: 

•	 In respect of the capitalisation of costs – the amounts 
allocated to the development phase of the intangible 
assets were appropriately capitalised and supported by 
project data

•	 In respect of the potential impairment of development 

intangibles – there were no impairment indicators and the 
Committee noted that the future economic benefit from the 
development expenditure was evident in the Group budget. 

Conclusion in Respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements
The	production	and	the	audit	of	the	Company’s	Annual	Report	and	Financial	Statements	is	a	comprehensive	process	
requiring	input	from	a	number	of	different	contributors.	One	of	the	key	governance	requirements	of	the	Company’s	Annual	
Report	and	Financial	Statements	is	that	they	are	fair,	balanced	and	understandable.	The	Board	has	requested	that	the	Audit	
Committee	advise	on	whether	it	considers	that	the	Annual	Report	and	Financial	Statements	fulfil	these	requirements.

As	a	result	of	the	work	performed,	the	Committee	has	concluded	that	the	Annual	Report	and	Financial	Statements	for	
the	year	ended	30	June	2015,	taken	as	a	whole,	are	fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	provide	the	information	
necessary	for	shareholders	to	assess	the	Company’s	performance,	business	model	and	strategy	and	has	reported	
on	these	findings	to	the	Board.	The	Board’s	conclusions	in	this	respect	are	set	out	in	the	Statement	of	Directors’	
Responsibilities	on	page	65.

Frank Blin 
Chairman 
Audit Committee

21	September	2015

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

59

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceCorporate Governance Report continued

Other Committees
Risk Management Committee (‘RMC’)
Role of Committee and Responsibilities
This	Management	Committee	is	chaired	by	the	Chief	
Operating	Officer.	In	addition,	it	comprises	the	Head	of	
Internal	Audit	and	other	members	of	senior	management	
from	each	of	the	Group’s	segments.	The	Committee	
includes	representatives	of	key	support	functions	in	the	
business,	such	as	Finance,	IT	and	Legal	and	reports	to	
the	Audit	Committee.

The	RMC	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	all	significant	
operational	and	management	risks	facing	the	Group	are	
reduced	to	an	acceptable	level.		

Key Focus During the Year
During	the	course	of	the	year,	the	RMC	met	three	times	
and	reported	to	the	Board	formally	once.	The	findings	of	
the	RMC	are	also	discussed	at	the	Audit	Committee.

The	work	of	the	Committee	focussed	on	the	following	
areas:

•	 Reviewing	the	effectiveness	of	the	risk	management	
framework	in	identifying	and	managing	risks	and	
controlling	internal	processes

•	 Reviewing	the	risk	management	process	annually	and	
report	this	in	an	annual	report	on	risk	management	to	
the	Board	and	the	Audit	Committee.

•	 Establishing	formal	mechanisms	that	will	facilitate	the	
timely	identification,	management	and	mitigation	of	
risks.	

•	 Ensuring	policies	are	established	and	adopted	for	the	
oversight	and	management	of	material	business	risks.	

•	 Identifying	and	evaluating	the	significant	risks	faced	by	

the	Group.

•	 Participating	in	the	annual	review	on	the	effectiveness	

of	the	system	of	internal	control	and	risk	management.	

Internal Controls
The	Board	is	responsible	for	maintaining	a	sound	system	
of	internal	control	to	safeguard	shareholders’	investments	
and	the	Group’s	assets.	Such	a	system	is	designed	to	
manage	rather	than	eliminate	the	risk	of	failure	to	achieve	
business	objectives	and	can	provide	only	reasonable	and	
not	absolute	assurance	against	material	misstatement	or	
loss.

The	Group	is	committed	to	conducting	its	business	
responsibly	and	in	accordance	with	all	applicable	laws	
and	regulations.	Employees	are	encouraged	to	raise	
concerns	about	fraud,	bribery	and	other	matters	through	
a	whistleblowing	procedure.	All	such	concerns	are	
referred	to	the	Executive	Chairman	or	Chief	Financial	
Officer,	who	then	recommend	appropriate	remedial	
action.	During	the	course	of	the	year,	there	were	four	
incidents	reported.	All	of	them	were	investigated	by	
the	Head	of	Internal	Audit	and	appropriately	resolved.	
The	nature	and	outcomes	of	these	incidents	were	
summarised	and	also	reported	to	the	Audit	Committee.

The	Group’s	financial	reporting	processes	are	detailed	
and	regularly	reviewed.	The	detailed	reporting	is	reviewed	
at	least	each	month	end	by	the	members	of	the	Central	
Finance	team,	highlighting	areas	of	concern	and	checking	
and	confirming	that	the	reasons	for	variations	are	valid.	
Quarterly	reviews	of	each	of	the	businesses	are	performed	
by	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	covering	both	historic	and	
forthcoming	financial	and	business	performance	as	well	as	
anticipating	key	future	events.	

In	addition	each	business	unit	is	required	to	submit	a	
monthly	controls	checklist	which	is	signed	locally	to	say	
that	controls	and	reviews	have	been	carried	out	both	
during	the	month	and	as	part	of	the	month	end	close	
process.	

A	six	monthly	self-assessment	exercise	is	also	completed	
by	business	units	that	allow	the	Board	to	review	the	
performance	of	internal	controls	within	the	Group	and	
allows	their	state	of	health	from	a	risk	management	
viewpoint.	It	is	designed	to	ensure	that	risks	threatening	
business	objectives	are	identified	and	also	provides:

•	 A	commitment	from	the	Board	to	maintain	good	

internal	controls.

•	 A	standard	approach	for	risk	management	and	

controls	across	the	Group.

•	 The	Business	Unit	Managing	Directors	with	individual	
responsibility	and	accountability	for	addressing	risk	
hence,	maintaining	effective	controls	and	compliance	
with	Group	policies,	standards	and	delegations	of	
authority.

60

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Committee 
The	Committee	determines	on	behalf	of	the	Board	
the	Company’s	policy	on	the	remuneration	and	terms	
of	engagement	of	the	Executive	Directors	and	senior	
managers.	Executive	Directors	attend	by	invitation	only	
when	appropriate	and	are	not	present	at	any	discussion	
of	their	own	remuneration.

The	remuneration	strategy	is	designed	to	be	in	line	
with	the	Group’s	fundamental	values	of	fairness,	
competitiveness	and	equity	and	also	to	support	the	
Group’s	corporate	strategy.	A	cohesive	reward	structure	
consistently	applied,	with	links	to	corporate	performance,	
is	seen	as	critical	in	ensuring	attainment	of	the	Group’s	
strategic	goals.

The	members	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	and	
details	of	attendance	at	the	meetings	are	disclosed	in	the	
table	in	the	Corporate	Governance	Report	on	page	51.	

The	Committee	members	have	no	personal	financial	
interest,	other	than	as	shareholders,	in	the	matters	to	be	
decided.	They	have	no	conflicts	of	interest	arising	from	
cross-directorships	or	from	being	involved	in	the	day-to-
day	business	of	the	Group.	Committee	members	do	not	
participate	in	any	formal	bonus,	share	awards	or	pension	
arrangements.

Remuneration Policy
The	Group	operates	in	a	highly	competitive	environment.	
For	the	Group	to	continue	to	compete	successfully,	it	
is	essential	that	the	level	of	remuneration	and	benefits	
offered	achieves	the	objectives	of	attracting,	retaining,	
motivating	and	rewarding	the	high	calibre	of	individuals	at	
all	levels	across	the	Group.

The	Group	therefore	sets	out	to	provide	competitive	
remuneration	to	all	its	employees,	appropriate	to	the	
business	environment	in	the	market	in	which	it	operates.	
To	achieve	this,	each	individual’s	remuneration	package	is	
based	upon	the	following	principles:

The	Group	also	seeks	to	align	the	interests	of	
shareholders	with	those	of	Executive	Directors	and	
senior	employees	by	giving	the	latter	opportunities	and	
encouragement	to	build	up	a	shareholding	interest	in	the	
Company	through	long-term	incentive	plans.	

Remuneration of Executive Directors
Elements of remuneration
The	Executive	Directors’	total	remuneration	currently	
consists	of:

•	 Fixed	elements,	comprising	basic	salary	or	fees,	

benefits	and	pensions.

•	 Performance-related	elements	comprising	

performance-related	bonuses	and	long-term	
performance	arrangements	satisfied	primarily	by	share	
awards.

The	elements	of	the	remuneration	packages	are	designed	
in	order	to	incentivise	the	Directors,	and	to	align	their	
interests	with	shareholders.	This	includes	performance-
related	elements	which	challenge	the	Directors	to	achieve	
targets	in	the	interest	of	promotion	and	growth	of	the	
Group.

•	 Total	rewards	should	be	set	to	provide	a	fair	and	

attractive	remuneration	package.	

Each	of	these	elements	of	remuneration	is	explained	
below.

•	 Appropriate	elements	of	the	remuneration	package	
should	be	designed	to	reinforce	the	link	between	
performance	and	reward.

•	 Executive	Directors’	incentives	will	be	aligned	with	the	

interests	of	shareholders.	

Basic Salary or Fees
Basic	salaries	or	fees	are	set	by	the	Remuneration	
Committee	on	an	annual	basis	after	taking	into	
consideration	the	performance	of	the	individuals,	their	
levels	of	responsibility	and	rate	of	salary	or	fees	for	similar	
positions	in	comparator	companies.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

61

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Benefits in Kind
These	principally	comprise	car	benefits,	life	assurance	
and	membership	of	the	Group’s	healthcare	insurance	
scheme	or	payment	in	lieu	of	these	benefits.	These	
benefits	do	not	form	part	of	pensionable	earnings.

Pensions
The	Group	makes	defined	contributions	into	individual	
pension	plans.	The	Directors	may	opt	out	of	the	UK	
Pension	Auto	Enrolment	scheme.

The	amounts	paid	in	the	financial	year	are	set	out	in	the	
Directors’	emoluments	table	on	page	63.

Annual Performance Related Bonuses
Performance	related	bonuses	for	the	Executive	Directors	
are	contractual	and	are	determined	by	reference	to	
performance	targets	based	on	the	Group’s	financial	
results	and	personal	objectives	set	at	the	beginning	of	
the	financial	year.	Terms	and	conditions	are	based	on	the	
recommendations	of	the	Remuneration	Committee.

The	Executive	Directors	are	eligible	to	receive	a	cash	
bonus	of	up	to	the	following	amounts	for	the	year	ended	
30	June	2015.

Matthew	Peacock Executive	Chairman
Jog	Dhody

Chief	Financial	Officer

Maximum 
% eligible 
of basic 
salary or 
fees
100%
70%

Actual % 
awarded 
of basic 
salary or 
fees
0%
0%

No	bonus	award	has	been	made	in	this	financial	year	as	a	
result	of	bonus	objectives	not	having	been	achieved.

Long-Term Incentive Arrangements
The	Group	has	implemented	long	term	incentive	
arrangements	for	its	senior	management	and	Directors	in	
order	to	align	their	interests	to	those	of	the	shareholders.	
The	Directors	participated	in	Incentive	Share	Plan	(ISP3)	
in	the	current	year.

Incentive Share Plan (ISP3)
On	14	January	2014,	the	Company	established	the	
Regenersis	Incentive	Share	Plan	(“ISP3”)	on	similar	lines	
to	ISP2,	to	incentivise	management	to	achieve	further	
shareholder	value	growth.	The	terms	of	this	scheme	were	
disclosed	in	the	financial	statements	for	the	year	to	30	
June	2014.

No	awards	have	vested	during	the	current	year	since	
none	of	the	performance	targets	have	been	met.

The	Executive	Directors	are	the	only	participating	
members	of	this	scheme	as	at	30	June	2015;	the	grants	
in	respect	of	Jog	Dhody	and	Hanover	General	Partners	II	
L.P.	are	1.25%	and	7.0%	of	the	increase	in	shareholder	
value	respectively	(2014:	1.25%	and	7.0%).

Service Agreements
Executive	Director	services	are	provided	by	way	of	rolling	
service	contracts	held	between	Regenersis	Plc	or	one	
of	its	subsidiaries	and	Hanover	General	Partner	LLP,	
providing	six	months’	notice	on	either	side.	Matthew	
Peacock	and	Tom	Russell	are	both	associated	with	
Hanover	General	Partner	LLP.

Jog	Dhody	has	a	rolling	Executive	Director	service	
agreement	with	Regenersis	Plc	and	one	of	its	subsidiaries	
that	provides	for	12	months’	notice	from	the	Company	
and	six	months’	notice	from	him.

In	the	event	that	the	Group	serves	notice	to	terminate	the	
contract	of	any	Executive	Director,	the	Group	may	make	
a	payment	in	lieu	of	notice,	but	is	not	obliged	to	do	so.	
Such	payments	are	restricted	to	the	unexpired	portion	of	
the	duration	of	the	Executive’s	employment	or	entitlement	
to	notice.	

The	dates	of	the	contracts	are	as	follows:

Matthew	Peacock	
Jog	Dhody	
Tom	Russell	

3	December	2014	
11	June	2013	
14	June	2013	

All	of	the	awards	under	two	Incentive	Share	Plans	(ISP1	
and	ISP2)	were	exercised	in	the	previous	financial	year.

The	Remuneration	Committee	also	determines	the	terms	
and	conditions	of	employment	of	the	Executive	Directors.

62

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSNon-executive Directors’ Remuneration
Non-executive	Directors	are	appointed	for	a	specified	
term,	being	an	initial	three-year	period	subject	to	their	
re-election	by	shareholders	at	the	first	AGM	after	their	
appointment.	The	initial	three-year	period	may	be	
extended	for	a	further	three-year	term,	at	the	discretion	
of	the	Board	and	subject	to	the	ongoing	requirement	for	
re-election	by	shareholders	under	the	Company’s	articles.	
On	termination,	no	compensation	is	payable	other	than	
outstanding	fees.	

The	following	are	the	Non-executive	Directors	with	the	
dates	they	joined	the	Board:

The	Non-executive	Directors	receive	fees	set	at	a	level	
commensurate	with	their	experience	and	ability	to	make	
a	contribution	to	the	Group’s	affairs	and	these	are	set	by	
the	Board	as	a	whole.	No	incentives,	pensions	or	other	
benefits	are	available	to	the	Non-executive	Directors	and,	
accordingly,	they	have	opted	out	of	the	UK	Pension	Auto	
Enrolment	scheme.	

The	Board	may	request	Non-executive	Directors	to	
perform	specific	additional	work	at	an	agreed	per	daily	
rate.	It	would	be	the	intention	of	the	Board	that	the	
Directors’	independence	is	not	prejudiced	by	the	nature	
of	any	such	additional	work.

Frank	Blin	
Rob	Woodward	
Tom	Russell	

1	December	2014	
1	June	2013	
17	March	2015

Details	of	the	Directors’	emoluments	and	share	awards	are	given	below	and	have	been	audited.	

Executive
Matthew	Peacock1
Jog	Dhody
Tom	Russell1	

Non-executive
Michael	Peacock	(resigned	25	November	2014)
Frank	Blin	(appointed	1	December	2014)
Rob	Woodward
Tom	Russell1	

Total

Salary, fees,  
benefits
2015
£’000

Bonus
2015
£’000

Pension  
contributions
2015
£’000

265
199
91
555

19
26
41
20
106
661

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
68
—
68

—
—
—
—
—
68

Total
2015
£’000

265
267
91
623

19
26
41
20
106
729

Total
2014
£’000

605
337
35
977

51
—
43
—
94
1,071

1	 Matthew	Peacock	and	Tom	Russell’s	fees	are	paid	to	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP	or	one	of	its	connected	parties	for	the	provision	of	their	services	as	Executive	

Chairman	and	Non-executive	Director	respectively.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

63

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Long-Term incentives Vested During the Current Financial Year
No	long	term	incentives	vested	for	any	of	the	directors	during	the	current	financial	year

Long-Term incentives Vested During the Previous Financial Year
The	table	below	outlines	awards	made	under	ISP1	to	Executive	Directors	which	vested	in	the	previous		
financial	year:

Director
Jog	Dhody

Vesting Date
14	January	2014

Award Basis
Share	price	increase

Number of 
shares vested
*

Vesting price 
of award
£3.09

*	Awards	vested	and	exercised	by	Jog	Dhody	in	the	previous	financial	year	consisted	of	cash	payments	of	£156,503.

The	table	below	outlines	awards	made	under	ISP2	to	Executive	Directors	which	vested	in	the	previous		
financial	year:

Director
Matthew	Peacock
Jog	Dhody
Tom	Russell

Vesting Date
14	January	2014
14	January	2014
14	January	2014

Award Basis
Share	price	increase
Share	price	increase
Share	price	increase

Number of shares 
vested
**
100,591***
**

Vesting price 
of award
£3.25
£3.25
£3.25

**	 		Matthew	Peacock	and	Tom	Russell	have	an	indirect	beneficial	interest	in	awards	made	to	Hanover	(Cayman)	General	Partner	II	LP,	through	their	association	with	Hanover	

Investors	Management	LLP.	Awards	vested	and	exercised	by	Hanover	(Cayman)	General	Partner	II	LP	in	2014	consisted	of	cash	payments	of	£4,422,981.

***	Awards	vested	and	exercised	by	Jog	Dhody	consisted	of	100,591	shares	and	cash	payments	of	£344,228.

Directors’ Beneficial interests in Shares
The	interests	of	the	Directors	who	held	office	at	30	June	2015	and	their	connected	parties	in	the	ordinary	share	capital	
of	the	Company	are	as	shown	in	the	table	below.	

Executive
Matthew	Peacock	
Jog	Dhody
Non-executive
Michael	Peacock**
Frank	Blin***
Rob	Woodward
Tom	Russell	

As at the date 
of this report
Number

As at 30 June 
2015
Number

As at 30 June 
2014
Number

*
418,081

*
418,081

*
405,581

—
18,000
4,459
*

—
18,000
4,459
*

3,000
—
4,459
	*

*	

	Matthew	Peacock	and	Tom	Russell	have	an	indirect	beneficial	interest	in	the	shares	of	the	Group,	through	their	association	with	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP.	The	
combined	holding	of	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP	and	its	connected	parties	is	5,217,651	ordinary	shares	at	30	June	2015	(2014:	5,043,651).

**	 	To	26	November	2014.
***	From	1	December	2014.

This	report	has	been	approved	by	the	Board	and	has	been	signed	on	its	behalf	by:

Rob Woodward 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

21	September	2015

64

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities

in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts 
and the Financial Statements

Responsibilities Statement 
The	Directors	confirm	to	the	best	of	their	knowledge:	

•	 The	financial	statements,	prepared	in	accordance	with	
IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	EU,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	
of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	or	
loss	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	
in	the	consolidation	taken	as	a	whole,	including	the	
individual	Company	accounts	which	are	prepared	
under	UK	GAAP.

•	 The	Strategic	Report	includes	a	fair	review	of	the	

development	and	performance	of	the	business	and	
the	position	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	
included	in	the	consolidation	taken	as	a	whole,	
together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	
uncertainties	that	they	face.

•	 The	Annual	Report	and	Financial	Statements,	taken	

as	a	whole,	are	fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	
provide	the	information	necessary	for	shareholders	to	
assess	the	Company’s	performance,	business	model	
and	strategy.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	
Annual	Report	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	
and	regulations.	Having	taken	advice	from	the	Audit	
Committee,	the	Board	considers	the	Annual	Report	and	
Financial	Statements,	taken	as	a	whole,	are	fair,	balanced	
and	understandable	and	that	it	provides	the	information	
necessary	for	shareholders	to	assess	the	Company’s	
performance,	business	model	and	strategy.	

Neither	the	Company	nor	the	Directors	accept	any	liability	
to	any	person	in	relation	to	the	Annual	Report	except	to	
the	extent	that	such	liability	could	arise	under	English	law.	

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	Annual	
Report	and	the	Group	and	Parent	Company	Financial	
Statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	and	
regulations.

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	Group	
and	Parent	financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	
Under	that	law	they	have	elected	to	prepare	the	Group	
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	
adopted	by	the	EU	and	applicable	law	and	have	elected	
to	prepare	the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	in	
accordance	with	UK	accounting	standards.

Under	company	law,	the	Directors	must	not	approve	
the	financial	statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	
they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	affairs	of	the	
Company	and	of	the	Group	at	the	end	of	the	financial	
year	and	of	their	profit	or	loss	for	that	period.	In	preparing	
those	financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	required	to:

•	 Select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	apply	them	

consistently.

•	 Make	judgements	and	estimates	that	are	reasonable	

and	prudent.

•	 State	whether	they	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	

with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	EU.

•	 State	for	the	Company	financial	statements	whether	
applicable	UK	accounting	standards	have	been	
followed.

•	 Prepare	the	financial	statements	on	a	going	concern	
basis	unless	it	is	inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	
Company	and	the	Group	will	continue	in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	adequate	
accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	
the	Parent	Company’s	transactions	and	disclose	with	
reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	financial	position	
of	the	Parent	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	that	
its	financial	statements	comply	with	the	Companies	Act	
2006.	They	have	general	responsibility	for	taking	such	
steps	as	are	reasonably	open	to	them	to	safeguard	the	
assets	of	the	Group	and	to	prevent	and	detect	fraud	and	
other	irregularities.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

65

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our GovernanceDivider

Supporting The Life Cycle  
Of Technology

66

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Our Financials

Independent Auditors’ Report

Primary Statements

Notes to the Accounts

Company Balance Sheet

Notes to the Company Accounts

Shareholder Information

Notice of AGM

Glossary

Locations

68

72

76

121

122

130

136

IBC

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

67

Independent Auditor’s Report

to the members of Regenersis Plc only

Opinions and conclusions arising from  
our audit
1. Our opinion on the financial statements is 
unmodified 
We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	Regenersis	
Plc	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015	set	out	on	pages	72	
to	129.	In	our	opinion:	

•	 The	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	

the	state	of	the	Group’s	and	of	the	parent	company’s	
affairs	as	at	30	June	2015	and	of	the	Group’s	profit	for	
the	year	then	ended;	

•	 The	Group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	
prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	
Reporting	Standards	as	adopted	by	the	European	
Union;	

•	 The	Parent	Company	financial	statements	have	been	
properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	UK	Accounting	
Standards;	and	

•	 The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	

accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	
Act	2006.	

2. Our assessment of risks of material 
misstatement
In	arriving	at	our	audit	opinion	above	on	the	financial	
statements	the	risks	of	material	misstatement	that	had	
the	greatest	effect	on	our	audit	were	as	follows:

Recoverability of goodwill (£83.2 million)
Refer to page 56 (Audit Committee report), page 78 
(accounting policy) and page 97 (financial disclosures).

•	 The risk	–	The	recoverability	of	goodwill	is	considered	
to	be	a	significant	audit	risk	due	to	the	high	level	of	
recent	business	combinations	and	the	associated	
significant	goodwill	arising.	The	value	in	use	of	the	
cash	generating	units,	which	include	the	goodwill	
and	is	the	level	at	which	these	are	assessed	for	
recoverability,	is	dependent	on	the	related	businesses	
generating	sufficient	cash	flows.	Due	to	the	inherent	
uncertainty	involved	in	forecasting	and	discounting	
future	cash	flows,	this	is	one	of	the	key	judgement	
areas	for	our	audit.

•	 Our response	–	In	this	area	our	audit	procedures	

included,	testing	of	the	Group’s	budgeting	procedures	
upon	which	the	forecasts	are	based;	and	the	
principles	and	integrity	of	the	Group’s	discounted	
cash	flow	model.	We	evaluated	the	assumptions	and	
methodologies	used	by	the	Group,	in	particular	those	
relating	to	the	forecast	revenue	growth	and	profit	
margins.	We	compared	the	Group’s	assumptions	to	
our	assessments	in	relation	to	key	inputs	such	as	
projected	economic	growth,	cost	inflation	and	discount	
rates,	as	well	as	performing	break-even	analysis	on	the	
assumptions.	We	used	our	own	valuation	specialist	
to	benchmark	the	assumptions	used	in	determining	
the	discount	rates	applied	and	compared	these	
rates	to	externally	derived	data	comprising	groups	
in	similiar	operating	markets.	We	compared	the	sum	
of	the	discounted	cash	flows	to	the	Group’s	market	
capitalisation	to	assess	the	reasonableness	of	those	
cash	flows.	We	also	assessed	whether	the	Group’s	
disclosures,	in	particular	about	the	sensitivity	of	the	
outcome	of	the	impairment	assessment	to	changes	
in	key	assumptions	reflected	the	risks	inherent	in	the	
valuation.	

Business combinations (Contingent consideration 
payable of £5.7 million)
Refer to page 57Audit Committee report), page 78 
(accounting policy) and page 92 (financial disclosures).

•	 The risk	–	The	Group	has	completed	a	number	of	

significant	business	combinations.	Those	transactions	
require	the	Directors	to	make	ongoing	judgements	in	
the	following	areas:

	— in	respect	of	HDM,	Digicomp	and	Blancco	Sweden	
acquisitions,	determining	or	updating	the	fair	value	
of	the	contingent	consideration	payable	which	relies	
on	forecasting	future	earnings	and	

	— in	respect	of	the	Digicomp	and	Blancco	

acquisitions,	determining	adjustments	required	to	
the	provisional	fair	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	
acquired,	and	whether	these	adjustments	related	
to	circumstances	which	existed	at	the	date	of	
acquisition	(and	therefore	are	made	to	acquired	
goodwill)	or	after	that	date	(and	therefore	made	
to	the	Income	statement),	which	is	complex	given	
the	large	number	of	locations	and	their	geographic	
spread.	

68

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS•	 Our response – In	this	area	our	audit	procedures	

included:

	— challenging	the	key	assumptions	and	

methodologies	used	in	determining	the	current	
estimate	of	the	contingent	consideration	payable	
in	respect	of	the	Digicomp,	HDM	and	Blancco	
Sweden	acquisitions;	

	— challenging	the	basis	used	by	the	Group	to	

retrospectively	adjust	the	provisional	fair	value	of	
the	assets	and	liabilities	acquired	and	whether	
these	adjustments	were	appropriately	made	to	
acquired	goodwill	or	to	the	income	statement.	
We	corroborated	the	explanations	provided	by	
comparing	to	the	facts	and	circumstances	specific	
to	the	businesses	acquired,	our	past	experience	of	
similar	transactions	and	the	Group’s	business	plan	
supporting	the	acquisition;

	— consideration	of	the	appropriateness	of	the	

accounting	for	significant	fair	value	adjustments	
in	subsequent	periods	with	reference	to	relevant	
accounting	standards;	and

	— consideration	of	the	presentation	and	disclosure	of	
any	material	adjustments	in	the	financial	statements	
and	the	adequacy	of	the	disclosure	of	the	sensitivity	
of	key	estimates	made.

Capitalisation	of	development	costs	(Additions	to	
intangible	development	costs	of	£4.0	million)	
Refer	to	page	59	(Audit	Committee	report),	page	78	
(accounting	policy)	and	page	99	(financial	disclosures).

•	 The risk –	The	Group	incurred	research	and	

development	costs	in	the	year,	some	of	which	met	
the	criteria	for	capitalisation	as	development	costs.	
There	is	significant	judgement	involved	in	determining	
whether	a	particular	project	or	activity	has	met	these	
criteria	and	therefore	must	be	capitalised.	There	is	
a	risk	that	capitalisation	occurs	on	projects	that	do	
not	meet	these	criteria	or	that	incorrect	amounts	are	
allocated	to	projects.

•	 Our response –	In	this	area	our	audit	procedures	

included	interrogations	of	the	Group’s	assessments	
of	future	cash	flows	from	significant	research	and	
development	projects,	so	as	to	assess	the	benefits	
expected	to	be	generated	from	these	projects	
and	whether	these	projects	meet	the	criteria	for	
capitalisation.	In	respect	of	those	projects,	that	meet	
the	criteria,	our	audit	procedures	included,	obtaining	
a	breakdown	of	additions	to	internally	generated	
intangible	assets	at	a	project	level,	verifying	a	sample	
of	costs	back	to	time	recorded	or	to	invoices	and	
assessing	the	reasonableness	of	labour	rates	used.	
We	evaluated	the	assumptions	and	methodologies	
used	by	the	Group,	in	particular	those	relating	to	
engineers’	time	which	may	be	capitalised.	We	
considered	the	adequacy	of	the	disclosure	in	the	
financial	statements	in	respect	of	judgements	made	in	
capitalising	these	costs.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

69

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

to the members of Regenersis Plc only

Revenue	recognition	(£33.3	million	Advanced	Solutions	
and	£15.0	million	Software)	
Refer	to	page	58	(Audit	Committee	report),	page	80	
(accounting	policy)	and	page	86	(financial	disclosures).

•	 The risk – The	Group	has	a	number	of	revenue	

streams	reflecting	the	diversity	of	services	offered	to	
its	customers.	Although	the	recognition	of	revenue	
for	repairs	is	relatively	straightforward,	certain	other	
income	streams,	particularly	in	the	Software	and	
Advanced	Solutions	division,	can	be	more	complex.	
In	Blancco,	software	licences	may	need	to	be	
spread	over	the	licence	period	or	separated	into	
their	respective	deliverables;	whilst	in	Digital	Care	
policies	have	several	elements	which	can	include	
insurance.	The	application	of	the	Group’s	accounting	
for	arrangements	involving	multiple	elements	can	be	
complex	as	the	total	contract	value	is	allocated	to	
each	identified	component	on	a	relative	fair	value	basis	
and	recognised	as	revenue	as	the	related	goods	or	
services	are	delivered.	With	regard	to	these	contracts	
the	identification	of	components	and	allocation	and	
recognition	of	revenue	is	a	key	area	of	judgement.

•	 Our response – Our	audit	procedures	included	

selecting	contracts	based	on	quantitative	factors	
(for	example,	those	with	the	greatest	impact	on	
the	Group’s	financial	results)	and	qualitative	factors	
(for	example,	new	contracts	or	services	entered	
into	during	the	financial	year).	In	respect	of	those	
contracts	we	assessed	the	appropriateness	of	the	
Group’s	revenue	recognition	policies,	with	reference	
to	relevant	accounting	standards,	and	considered	
whether	revenue	on	the	contracts	selected	was	
recognised	in	accordance	with	these	policies.	We	also	
challenged	the	revenue	amounts	assigned	to	each	
deliverable	by	assessing	the	Group’s	delivery	of	its	
performance	obligations	with	respect	to	contractual	
terms,	particularly	where	the	Group	made	estimates	
or	applied	judgement	relating	to	the	timing	and	value	
of	revenue	recognised.	We	considered	the	adequacy	
of	the	disclosure	of	these	policies	in	the	financial	
statements.

In	the	prior	year	we	considered	“Tax	provisioning	and	the	
recoverability	of	deferred	tax	assets”	to	be	a	significant	
audit	risk.	We	consider	this	risk	to	be	less	significant	in	
the	current	year.

3. Our application of materiality and an 
overview of the scope of our audit
The	materiality	for	the	Group	financial	statements	as	a	
whole	was	set	at	£1,200,000,	determined	with	reference	
to	a	benchmark	of	Group	revenue,	of	which	it	represents	
0.6%.	We	consider	revenue	to	be	the	most	appropriate	
benchmark	as	it	provides	a	more	stable	measure	year	on	
year	than	Group	profit	before	tax.

We	report	to	the	Audit	Committee	any	corrected	or	
uncorrected	identified	misstatements	exceeding	£60,000,	
in	addition	to	other	identified	misstatements	below	that	
threshold	that	warranted	reporting	on	qualitative	grounds.

Of	the	Group’s	60	reporting	components,	22	were	
subject	to	audits	for	Group	reporting	purposes.	We	
conducted	specified	audit	procedures	at	a	further	
15	non-significant	components.	The	components	for	
which	we	performed	work	other	than	audits	for	Group	
reporting	purposes	were	not	individually	significant	but	
were	included	in	the	scope	of	our	Group	reporting	work	
in	order	to	provide	further	coverage	over	the	Group’s	
results.	The	components	within	the	scope	of	our	work	
accounted	for	the	following	percentages	of	the	Group’s	
results.

Audits	for	group	reporting	
purposes
Specified	audit	procedures
Total

Revenue
86%

Profit 
before tax
80%

12%
98%

16%
96%

Total 
assets
80%

17%
97%

For	the	remaining	23	components,	we	performed	
analysis	at	an	aggregated	Group	level	to	re-examine	our	
assessment	that	there	were	no	significant	risks	of	material	
misstatement	within	these.

The	Group	audit	team	instructed	component	auditors	
as	to	the	significant	areas	to	be	covered,	including	the	
relevant	risks	detailed	above	and	the	information	to	be	
reported	back.	The	Group	audit	team	approved	the	
component	materialities,	which	ranged	from	£60,000	
to	£900,000,	having	regard	to	the	mix	of	size	and	risk	
profile	of	the	Group	across	components.	The	work	on	12	
of	the	22	components	subject	to	audit	was	performed	
by	component	auditors	and	the	rest	by	the	Group	audit	
team.

70

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS•	 the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	are	not	in	

agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	returns;	or	

•	 certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	

by	law	are	not	made;	or	

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	

explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.	

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	respect	of	the	above	
responsibilities.

Scope of report and responsibilities
As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	Responsibilities	
Statement	set	out	on	page	65,	the	Directors	are	
responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	
and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	
view.	A	description	of	the	scope	of	an	audit	of	financial	
statements	is	provided	on	the	Financial	Reporting	
Council’s	website	at	www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate.	

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Company’s	members	
as	a	body	and	is	subject	to	important	explanations	and	
disclaimers	regarding	our	responsibilities,	published	on	
our	website	at		
www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014b,	which	are	
incorporated	into	this	report	as	if	set	out	in	full	and	should	
be	read	to	provide	an	understanding	of	the	purpose	of	
this	report,	the	work	we	have	undertaken	and	the	basis	of	
our	opinions.

Stuart Smith (Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants  
One Snowhill 
Snow	Hill	Queensway 
Birmingham  
B4 6GH

21	September	2015

The	Group	audit	team	visited	17	component	locations	in	
the	UK,	Spain,	Poland,	Finland,	Romania,	South	Africa,	
USA	and	India.	Telephone	conference	meetings	were	also	
held	with	these	component	auditors	and	the	others	that	
were	not	physically	visited.	At	these	visits	and	meetings,	
the	findings	reported	to	the	Group	audit	team	were	
discussed	in	more	detail,	and	any	further	work	required	
by	the	Group	audit	team	was	then	performed	by	the	
component	auditor.

4. Our opinion on other matters prescribed by 
the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In	our	opinion	the	information	given	in	the	Strategic	
Report	and	the	Directors’	Report	for	the	financial	year	for	
which	the	financial	statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	
with	the	financial	statements.	

5. We have nothing to report in respect of the 
matters on which we are required to report by 
exception 
Under	ISAs	(UK	and	Ireland)	we	are	required	to	report	to	
you	if,	based	on	the	knowledge	we	acquired	during	our	
audit,	we	have	identified	other	information	in	the	annual	
report	that	contains	a	material	inconsistency	with	either	
that	knowledge	or	the	financial	statements,	a	material	
misstatement	of	fact,	or	that	is	otherwise	misleading.	

In	particular,	we	are	required	to	report	to	you	if:	

•	 we	have	identified	material	inconsistencies	between	
the	knowledge	we	acquired	during	our	audit	and	the	
Directors’	statement	that	they	consider	that	the	annual	
report	and	financial	statements	taken	as	a	whole	is	
fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	provides	the	
information	necessary	for	shareholders	to	assess	the	
Group’s	performance,	business	model	and	strategy;	or

•	 the	Audit	Committee	report	does	not	appropriately	
address	matters	communicated	by	us	to	the	Audit	
Committee.

Under	the	Companies	Act	2006		and	under	the	terms	of	
our	engagement	we	are	required	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	
opinion:	

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	

the	Parent	Company,	or	returns	adequate	for	our	audit	
have	not	been	received	from	branches	not	visited	by	
us;	or	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

71

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsConsolidated Income Statement

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Group revenue

Headline Operating Profit
Acquisition	costs
Exceptional	restructuring	costs
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets
Share-based	payments

Group Operating Profit before disposal of subsidiaries 
Loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries
Group Operating Profit
Share	of	results	of	equity	accounted	investment
Profit	on	disposal	of	equity	accounted	investment
Operating profit from continuing operations

Revaluation	of	contingent	consideration
Other	finance	income

Finance	income

Unwinding	of	discount	factor	on	contingent	consideration
Other	finance	costs

Finance	costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year 

Attributable to:
Equity	holders	of	the	Company
Non-controlling	interest
Profit for the year

Earnings per share
Basic
Diluted

2015
£’000

Note
3

3,302
143

(934)
(1,339)

6
7
18
33

16

20

30

10

10

11

12
12

2015
£’000
202,564
15,426
(3,041)
(678)
(3,349)
(531)
7,827
(1,456)
6,371
(746)
—
5,625

3,445

(2,273)
6,797
(1,680)
5,117

5,404
(287)
5,117

6.97p
6.97p

Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Profit for the year
Other	comprehensive	income	–	Amounts	that	may	be	reclassified	to	profit	or	loss	in	the	future:
Exchange	differences	arising	on	translation	of	foreign	entities
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

Attributable to:
Equity	holders	of	the	Company
Non-controlling	interests
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

2014
£’000

4,695
86

(1,063)
(1,311)

2014
£’000
197,482
10,965
(5,044)
(4,351)
(589)
(658)
323
—
323
(100)
240
463

4,781

(2,374)
2,870
381
3,251

2,975
276
3,251

5.45p
5.41p

2015
£’000
5,117

(3,786)
1,331

1,618
(287)
1,331

2014
£’000
3,251

(3,403)
(152)

(428)
276
(152)

72

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSConsolidated Balance Sheet

as at 30 June 2015

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other	intangible	assets
Equity	accounted	investments
Other	investments
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Deferred	tax

Current assets
Inventory
Trade	and	other	receivables
Cash

Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade	and	other	payables
Contingent	consideration
Provisions
Income	tax	payable

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Contingent	consideration
Provisions
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Ordinary	share	capital
Share	premium
Merger	reserve
Translation	reserve
Retained	earnings
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
Non-controlling	interests
Total equity

Note

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

17
18
20
20
19
31

21
22
23

24
30
29

26
30
29

32
32
32
32
32

83,157
27,041
1,850
61
6,355
622
119,086

9,480
34,556
12,143
56,179
175,265

(40,471)
(1,734)
(372)
(642)
(43,219)

(4,357)
(3,994)
(1,029)
(52,599)
122,666

1,581
51,737
4,034
(7,115)
72,191
122,428
238
122,666

81,791
28,479
10
745
5,341
1,182
117,548

10,137
37,742
20,795
68,674
186,222

(44,330)
-
(792)
(1,476)
(46,598)

(194)
(6,358)
(2,659)
(55,809)
130,413

1,581
121,737
4,034
(3,329)
5,820
129,843
570
130,413

The	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on		
21	September	2015.

They	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:	

Matthew Peacock 
Executive Chairman 

Company	number:	05113820

Jog Dhody 
Chief Financial Officer 

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

73

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Share 
capital
£’000
994

Share 
premium
£’000
 26,592

Merger 
reserve
£’000
3,088

Translation 
reserve
£’000
74

Retained 
earnings
£’000
8,650

Non-
controlling 
interest 
reserve
£’000
—

Total
£’000
39,398

—

2,975

276

3,251

(3,403)

—

—

(3,403)

—

—

587
—

—
—

—

—

95,145
—

—
—

—

—

946
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
867

(5,142)
(1,530)

—
5,820

—
—

—
—

294
570

96,678
867

(5,142)
(1,530)

294
130,413

—
1,581

—
121,737

—
4,034

—
(3,329)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(70,000)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,404

(287)

5,117

(3,786)

—

—

(3,786)

—

—

—

—

—

—

914

(3,381)

(2,938)

—

—

—

914

(3,381)

(2,938)

45

(45)

—

(3,673)

70,000

—

—

(3,673)

—

1,581

51,737

4,034

(7,115)

72,191

238

122,666

Balance as at 30 June 2013
Comprehensive income:
Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive 
income:
Exchange	differences	arising	
on	translation	of	foreign	
entities
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity:
Issue	of	share	capital
Recognition	of	share-based	
payments
Vesting	of	share	options
Dividends	paid
Other transactions:
On	acquisition	of	subsidiary
Balance as at 30 June 2014
Comprehensive income:
Profit	for	the	year
Other comprehensive 
income:
Exchange	differences	arising	
on	translation	of	foreign	
entities
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity:
Recognition	of	share-based	
payments
Dividends	paid
Other transactions:
Acquisition	of	non-controlling	
interest	without	a	change	in	
control
Reserves	transfer	on	
acquisition	of	non-controlling	
interest
Purchase	of	Company’s	own	
shares
Conversion	of	share	premium	
account
Balance as at 30 June 2015

74

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSConsolidated Cash Flow Statement

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Profit for the year
Adjustments	for:
Net	finance	(income)
Tax	expense/(credit)
Depreciation	on	property,	plant	and	equipment
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets
Impairment	of	intangible	assets	
Share	of	results	of	equity	accounted	investment
Loss/(gain)	on	disposal	of	subsidiary/equity	accounted	investment
Loss/(gain)	on	disposal	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Share-based	payments	expense
Operating cash flow before movement in working capital

Acquisition	costs
Exceptional	restructuring	costs
Operating cash flow before movement in working capital and exceptionals

Decrease/(increase)	in	inventories
Decrease/(increase)	in	receivables
(Decrease)/increase	in	payables	and	accruals
Decrease	in	provisions	
Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Acquisition	costs	payments
Exceptional	restructuring	payments
Headline Operating Cash Flow

Interest	received
Interest	paid
Tax	paid
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Purchase	and	development	of	intangible	assets
Proceeds	from	sale	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Acquisition	of	investment	in	an	associate
Acquisition	of	subsidiary,	net	of	cash	acquired
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds	from	issue	of	share	capital	(net)
Payment	on	vesting	of	share	options
Repurchase	of	shares
Drawdown/(repayment)	of	borrowings
Dividends	paid
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Other	non-cash	movements	–	exchange	rate	changes
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	end	of	year
Bank	borrowings

Net cash

Note

10
11
19
18
18

19
18

20
14

31
32

28
25

23

26

27

2015
£’000
5,117

(1,172)
1,680
1,702
4,452
—
746
1,456
114
531
14,626
3,041
678
18,345
(377)
1,083
(4,867)
(1,824)
8,641
1,708
1,223
11,572
100
(858)
(963)
6,920

(2,588)
(4,749)
990
(1,912)
(2,450)
(10,709)

—
(80)
(3,550)
4,066
(3,381)
(2,945)
(6,734)
(1,918)
20,795
12,143
12,143
(4,357)

7,786

2014
£’000
3,251

(2,407)
(381)
1,619
2,152
5
100
(240)
(5)
658
4,752
5,044
4,351
14,147
(2,725)
(9,227)
4,025
(1,049)
(4,224)
4,679
4,024
4,479
86
(792)
(816)
(5,746)

(2,814)
(3,874)
231
(745)
(50,484)
(57,686)

95,732
(4,924)
—
(6,724)
(1,530)
82,554
19,122
(2,846)
4,519
20,795
20,795
(194)

20,601

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

75

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts

for the year ended 30 June 2015

1. General information
Regenersis	Plc	is	a	company	incorporated	in	the	United	Kingdom	under	the	Companies	Act	2006.	Details	of	its	
registered	office	are	published	on	the	inside	back	cover,	whilst	the	nature	of	the	Group’s	operations	and	principal	
activities	are	set	out	in	the	Strategic	Report	from	page	6.	These	financial	statements	are	presented	in	thousand	
pounds	sterling,	which	is	the	functional	currency	of	the	Group	and	Parent	Company.	Foreign	operations	are	included	
in	accordance	with	the	policies	set	out	in	note	1.4.

1.1 Basis of preparation
These	consolidated	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	all	International	Financial	Reporting	
Standards	(“IFRS”)	as	adopted	by	the	EU	(“Adopted	IFRS”).	

The	financial	statements	of	the	Parent	Company	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	Generally	
Accepted	Accounting	Practice	(“UK	GAAP”)	and	presented	from	page	121.

Changes in accounting policies
The	standards,	changes	to	existing	standards	and	interpretations	listed	below	have	been	enacted	and	adopted	by	
the	Group	in	the	period	in	the	preparation	of	these	financial	statements.	They	have	not	had	a	significant	impact	on	the	
Group’s	accounting.

At	the	date	of	approval	of	these	financial	statements,	the	following	Standards	and	Interpretations	which	have	not	been	
applied	in	these	financial	statements	were	in	issue	but	not	yet	effective:

IFRS	9	
IAS	16/IAS	38

Financial	Instruments
Clarification	of	Acceptable	Methods	of	Depreciation	and	Amortisation

Effective for periods 
beginning on or after:
1	January	2018
1	January	2016

The	Group	does	not	consider	the	adoption	of	these	standards	will	have	any	material	impact	on	its	financial	
statements.	

The	financial	statements	are	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention,	except	where	the	measurement	of	
balances	at	fair	value	is	required	as	set	out	below.	The	accounting	policies	below	have	been	consistently	applied	to	all	
periods	presented	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements.

1.2 Going concern
As	highlighted	in	note	26	to	the	financial	statements,	the	Group	meets	its	day-to-day	working	capital	requirements	
through	a	Revolving	Credit	Facility	which	is	not	due	for	renewal	until	October	2019.

Further	information	on	the	Group’s	business	activities,	together	with	the	factors	likely	to	affect	its	future	development,	
performance	and	position	is	set	out	in	the	Business	Review	on	pages	22	to	29.	Further	information	on	the	financial	
position	of	the	Group,	its	cash	flow,	liquidity	position	and	borrowing	facility	is	also	described	in	this	review.	In	addition,	
note	30	to	the	financial	statements	includes	the	Group’s	objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	managing	its	capital,	
and	its	exposures	to	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.

The	Group’s	forecasts	and	projections,	taking	account	of	reasonably	possible	changes	in	trading	performance,	show	
that	the	Group	should	be	able	to	operate	within	the	level	of	its	Revolving	Credit	Facility.

76

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSAfter	making	enquiries,	the	Board	has	a	reasonable	expectation	that	the	Company	and	the	Group	have	adequate	
resources	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.	Accordingly,	they	continue	to	adopt	the	going	
concern	basis	in	preparing	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts.

1.3 Basis of consolidation
The	consolidated	financial	statements	aggregate	the	results,	cash	flow	and	balance	sheets	of	Regenersis	Plc	(“the	
Company”)	and	its	subsidiary	undertakings	(together	the	“Group”)	drawn	up	to	30	June	each	year.	A	list	of	the	
Company’s	principal	subsidiary	undertakings	including	details	of	statutory	year	ends	that	differ	from	the	Group	is	given	
in	note	20.	The	results	of	subsidiary	undertakings,	acquired	during	the	financial	year	are	included	from	the	date	of	
acquisition.	The	financial	statements	of	subsidiaries	are	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	
and	to	coterminous	balance	sheet	dates.

Subsidiaries	comprise	the	entities	controlled	by	the	Group.	Control	exists	when	the	Group	has	power	over	an	entity,	
is	exposed	or	has	the	rights	to	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	entity	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	
returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	entity	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	through	its	power	over	the	entity.	
The	financial	statements	over	subsidiaries	are	included	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	from	the	date	that	
commences	until	it	ceases.

Intra-Group	balances	and	transactions,	and	any	unrealised	income	and	expenses	arising	from	intra-Group	
transactions	are	eliminated	in	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	On	acquisition	of	a	subsidiary,	
applicable	assets	and	liabilities	existing	at	the	date	of	acquisition	are	reflected	at	their	fair	values.

Non-controlling	interests	in	the	net	assets	of	consolidated	subsidiaries	are	identified	separately	from	the	Group’s	
equity	therein.	Non-controlling	interests	consist	of	the	amount	of	those	interests	at	the	date	of	the	original	business	
combination	and	the	share	of	the	changes	in	equity	since	the	date	of	the	combination.	Losses	applicable	to	the	non-
controlling	interest	that	are	in	excess	of	the	non-controlling	interest	in	the	subsidiary’s	equity,	are	allocated	against	
the	interests	of	the	Group	only	if	there	is	a	binding	obligation	to	fund	the	losses	and	the	Group	is	able	to	make	
an	additional	investment	to	cover	the	losses.	Acquisition	of	non-controlling	interests’	equity	stakes	in	the	Group’s	
subsidiaries	are	recorded	directly	through	reserves,	with	a	transfer	of	the	non-controlling	interest’s	share	of	net	assets	
directly	to	retained	earnings	on	the	date	of	acquisition.

1.4 Foreign currencies
Transactions	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	the	exchange	rate	ruling	at	the	date	of	
the	transaction.	Foreign	currency	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	rates	of	exchange	ruling	
at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	income	statements	and	cash	flow	of	overseas	subsidiaries	are	translated	into	sterling	
at	the	weighted	average	exchange	rates	applicable	during	the	year	and	their	assets	and	liabilities	are	translated	at	
the	rates	ruling	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Exchange	differences	arising	on	the	retranslation	of	opening	net	assets	of	
overseas	subsidiaries,	together	with	differences	between	profit	and	loss	accounts	at	average	and	closing	rates,	are	
included	within	other	comprehensive	income.	In	addition,	exchange	differences	arising	on	long-term	intercompany	
loans	are	included	within	other	comprehensive	income.

All	other	exchange	differences	are	accounted	for	within	the	income	statement.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

77

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

1.5 Goodwill and intangible assets 
Goodwill	arising	on	consolidation	represents	the	excess	of	the	cost	of	the	acquisition	over	the	Group’s	interest	in	
the	fair	value	of	the	identifiable	assets	and	liabilities	of	a	business	at	the	date	of	the	acquisition.	Goodwill	is	initially	
recognised	as	an	asset	at	cost	and	is	subsequently	measured	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.	
Goodwill	is	reviewed	for	impairment	at	least	annually.	Any	impairment	is	recognised	immediately	in	the	income	
statement	and	is	not	subsequently	reversed.

Goodwill	arising	on	acquisitions	before	the	date	of	transition	to	IFRS	has	been	retained	at	the	previous	UK	GAAP	
amounts	subject	to	being	tested	for	impairment	at	that	date.

Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	useful	lives	are	reviewed	for	impairment	annually,	or	whenever	
there	is	an	indication	that	they	may	be	impaired,	by	comparing	the	carrying	value	of	the	asset,	or	group	of	assets,	to	
its	recoverable	amount.	Assets	which	do	not	generate	cash	inflows	independent	of	other	assets	are	aggregated	into	
cash	generating	units	(CGUs)	and	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	CGU	to	which	the	asset	belongs	is	estimated.	The	
recoverable	amount	of	an	asset	or	CGU	is	the	higher	of	its	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	and	its	value	in	use.

The	value	in	use	is	estimated	by	calculating	the	present	value	of	its	future	cash	flow.	Impairment	charges	are	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	to	the	extent	that	the	carrying	value	exceeds	the	recoverable	amount	in	the	
period	in	which	the	impairment	is	identified.

Goodwill	acquired	in	a	business	combination	is	allocated	to	each	of	the	cash	generating	units	that	is	expected	to	
benefit	from	the	synergies	of	the	combination.

Separately identifiable intangible assets arising on business combinations
Other	intangible	assets,	such	as	customer	relationships,	brand	names	and	other	intellectual	property,	are	recognised	
on	business	combinations	if	they	are	separable	or	arise	from	a	legal	or	contractual	right.	Separately	identifiable	
intangible	assets	are	amortised	over	their	expected	future	lives	unless	they	are	regarded	as	having	indefinite	useful	
lives,	in	which	case	they	are	not	amortised,	but	subject	to	an	annual	impairment	test.	

•	 Customer	relationships	are	being	amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	three	to	12	years.

•	 Brand	names	are	being	amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	14	years.

•	 Intellectual	property	is	being	amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	ten	years.

Development expenditure
Expenditure	on	research	and	certain	development	activities	is	recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	period	in	which	it	is	
incurred.	Any	internally	generated	development	costs	(including	software	development)	are	recognised	as	an	asset	
only	if	the	following	criteria	are	met:

•	 An	asset	is	created	that	can	be	identified.

•	 It	is	probable	and	intended	that	the	asset	created	will	generate	future	economic	benefits.

•	 The	development	costs	of	the	asset	can	be	measured	reliably.

•	 There	is	availability	of	adequate	resources	to	complete	the	development.

Amortisation	of	acquired	intangibles	and	internally	generated	development	expenditure	is	excluded	from	Headline	
Operating	Profit	in	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement.

Where	no	internally	generated	intangible	asset	can	be	recognised,	the	development	expenditure	is	recognised	as	an	
expense	in	the	period	in	which	it	is	incurred.	Internally	generated	intangible	assets	are	amortised	on	a	straight	line	
basis	over	three	to	five	years	once	the	asset	is	available	for	use.

78

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSSoftware licences
Software	licences	are	initially	measured	at	cost.	Cost	includes	the	purchase	price	of	the	assets	and	the	directly	
attributable	cost	of	bringing	the	asset	into	its	intended	use.	After	initial	recognition,	the	intangible	asset	is	carried	at	
cost,	less	accumulated	amortisation,	less	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Amortisation	is	charged	evenly	over	
the	assets’	estimated	useful	lives,	which	are	between	three	and	five	years.

1.6 Property, plant and equipment
Property,	plant	and	equipment	are	carried	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	accumulated	impairment	losses.	
Subsequent	costs	are	capitalised	only	when	it	is	probable	that	they	will	result	in	future	economic	benefits	flowing	to	
the	Group	and	when	they	can	be	measured	reliably.	Depreciation	begins	when	the	asset	is	available	for	use	and	is	
charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight	line	basis	so	as	to	write	off	the	cost	less	residual	value	of	the	asset	
over	its	estimated	useful	life	as	follows:

Leasehold	improvements —	over	the	period	of	the	lease	or	life	of	the	improvements	if	less
Plant	and	machinery
Computer	equipment
Motor	vehicles
Fixtures	and	fittings

—	16%–20%	per	annum
—	25%–30%	per	annum
—	25%	per	annum
—	16%–50%	per	annum

The	useful	economic	lives	are	reviewed	on	an	annual	basis	to	ensure	that	they	are	appropriate.	

Gains	and	losses	arising	on	the	disposal	of	an	asset	are	determined	as	the	difference	between	the	sale	proceeds	and	
the	carrying	amount	of	the	asset	and	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

1.7 Interests in joint ventures and associates
A	joint	venture	is	a	contractual	arrangement	whereby	the	Group	undertakes	an	economic	activity	that	is	subject	to	joint	
control.	Joint	control	exists	when	the	strategic	financial	and	operating	policy	decisions	relating	to	the	activity	require	
the	unanimous	consent	of	the	parties	sharing	control.

The	Group	has	an	interest	in	an	associate	where	they	have	significant	influence	over	the	operations	of	that	entity.	The	
Group	generally	regards	an	equity	ownership	of	between	20%	and	49%	to	represent	significant	influence,	although	
other	factors	are	taken	into	account	such	as	the	influence	over	operating	policy	decisions.

The	Group’s	interest	in	jointly	controlled	entities	and	associates	is	accounted	for	using	the	equity	method.	Under	
this	method	the	Group’s	share	of	the	profits	less	losses	of	jointly	controlled	entities	and	associates	is	included	in	
the	consolidated	income	statement	and	its	interest	in	their	net	assets	is	included	in	investments	in	the	consolidated	
balance	sheet.	Where	the	share	of	losses	exceeds	the	interests	in	the	entity	the	carrying	amount	is	reduced	to	nil	and	
recognition	of	further	losses	is	discontinued.	Interest	in	the	entity	is	the	carrying	amount	of	the	investment	together	
with	any	long-term	loan	that,	in	substance,	forms	part	of	the	net	investment	in	the	entity.

1.8 Inventories
Inventories	and	work	in	progress	are	stated	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value.	The	cost	of	inventories	is	
based	on	the	first-in	first-out	principle	and	includes	all	direct	expenditure	and	an	appropriate	proportion	of	attributable	
overheads	that	have	been	incurred	in	bringing	the	inventories	and	work	in	progress	to	their	present	location	and	
condition.	Net	realisable	value	represents	the	estimated	selling	price	less	all	estimated	costs	to	be	incurred	in	
marketing,	selling	and	distribution.	The	amount	of	any	write-down	of	inventories	to	net	realisable	value	is	recognised	
as	an	expense	in	the	year	in	which	the	write-down	occurs.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

79

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

1.9 Accruals and provisions
A	provision	is	recognised	when	there	is	a	present	obligation,	whether	legal	or	constructive,	as	a	result	of	a	past	
event	for	which	it	is	probable	that	a	transfer	of	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation	and	a	
reliable	estimate	can	be	made	of	the	amount	of	the	obligation.	Provisions	in	respect	of	contingent	consideration	
for	acquisitions	are	made	at	the	Board’s	best	estimate	of	the	likely	consideration	payable	taking	account	of	the	
performance	criteria	which	affect	the	level	of	contingent	consideration.

Provisions	are	determined	by	discounting	the	expected	future	cash	flow	at	a	pre-tax	rate	that	reflects	current	market	
assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	liability.	The	unwinding	of	the	discount	rate	is	
recognised	as	a	finance	cost.

A	provision	for	onerous	contracts	is	recognised	when	the	expected	benefits	to	be	derived	by	the	Group	from	a	
contract	are	lower	than	the	unavoidable	costs	of	meeting	its	obligations	under	the	contract.	The	provision	is	measured	
at	the	present	value	of	the	lower	of	the	expected	cost	of	terminating	the	contract	and	the	expected	net	cost	of	
continuing	with	the	contract.	Before	a	provision	is	established,	the	Group	recognises	any	impairment	loss	on	the	
assets	associated	with	the	contract.

1.10 Revenue recognition 
Revenue	is	measured	at	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	received	or	receivable	and	is	net	of	value	added	tax	and	
other	duties.	Revenue	is	recognised	when	the	delivery	of	goods	or	services	has	taken	place	in	accordance	with	the	
terms	of	the	sale,	and	there	is	certainty	on	the	value,	recoverability	is	reasonably	assured	and	risk	has	transferred	to	
the	customer.	

Revenue	on	software	sales	is	recognised	according	to	the	terms	of	individual	contracts,	which	fall	into	two	types:	
either	a	volume	or	subscription	basis.	For	sales	of	licences	made	under	a	subscription	model,	revenue	is	deferred	and	
recognised	over	the	length	of	the	user	agreement.	Revenue	billed	in	advance	is	deferred	within	deferred	income	and	
billing	in	arrears	is	recognised	in	accrued	income.	Where	Blancco	software	is	sold	on	a	volume	basis	a	finite	number	
of	“uses”	are	delivered.	Revenue	is	recognised	on	delivery	as	this	is	the	point	at	which	risk	and	reward	is	transferred	to	
the	customer	and	there	are	no	continuing	obligations	to	the	Group.

Bundled	sales	or	multiple-element	arrangements	require	the	Group	to	deliver	hardware	and/or	a	number	of	services	
under	one	agreement,	or	a	series	of	agreements	which	are	commercially	linked.	Under	such	agreements,	an	
assessment	is	made	over	the	ability	to	identify	and	account	for	each	of	the	components	separately.	In	order	for	
these	components	to	be	identified	it	is	determined	whether	the	component	has	stand-alone	value	to	the	customer	
and	whether	the	fair	value	of	the	component	can	be	measured	reliably.	If	these	criteria	are	deemed	to	be	met	the	
components	are	accounted	for	separately.

Where	these	agreements	are	accounted	for	separately,	the	consideration	received	is	allocated	to	each	of	the	
identifiable	components	based	on	the	relative	fair	values.	Fair	values	are	determined	on	a	hierarchical	basis	as	follows:

•	 Evidence	where	the	Group	sells	on	a	stand-alone	basis.

•	 Evidence	where	the	same	or	similar	components	are	being	sold	by	another	third	party.

•	 Best	estimate	of	the	selling	price.

The	amount	of	revenues	allocated	to	the	hardware	or	service	element	is	accounted	for	on	delivery,	and	when	all	
revenue	recognition	criteria	are	met.	The	amount	allocated	to	services	is	accounted	for	over	the	term	in	which	those	
services	are	being	delivered.

80

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSRevenue	generated	from	revenue	sharing	agreements	is	recognised	in	full	in	revenue	with	the	revenue	share	due	to	
third	parties	recognised	as	a	cost	of	sale.

Revenue	share	comprises	amounts	payable	to	network	operators	and	other	sources	of	product	in	respect	of	
equipment	which	is	sourced	from	them	and	which	are	sold	by	the	Group	to	independent	third	parties.	

The	following	factors	are	relevant	to	the	accounting	treatment	for	this	revenue	sharing	business	as	the	Group:

•	 Takes	full	title	and	ownership	of	the	products	prior	to	onward	sale.

•	 Is	sometimes	exposed	to	stockholding	risks	such	as	loss	or	damage	and	also	bears	the	risk	of	stock	obsolescence.

•	 Processes	and	decides	on	the	best	route	to	market	for	the	equipment.

•	 Has	full	discretion	in	identifying	customers	for	onward	sale	of	products	and	establishes	the	selling	price	to	these	

customers.

•	 Bears	the	full	credit	risk	of	these	sales.

Given	the	above	factors	the	gross	inflows	are	recognised	as	revenue.

The	Group	undertakes	some	insurance	contracts,	which	are	accounted	for	in	accordance	with	IFRS	4	“Insurance	
Contracts”.	Under	these	agreements,	the	Group	receives	compensation	for	administrative	as	well	as	insurance	
services.	In	all	cases	the	insurance	is	underwritten	to	some	extent	thus	limiting	the	exposure	to	insurance	risk	on	the	
Group.	The	multiple-element	arrangements	are	separated	and	recognised	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	revenue	
recognition	policy.	

The	insurance	revenue	is	recognised	on	a	straightline	basis	over	the	life	of	the	Group’s	policies.	Amounts	for	the	year	
as	on	30	June	2015	are	not	considered	material.

1.11 Taxation
The	tax	expense	represents	the	sum	of	the	tax	currently	payable	and	deferred	tax.

The	tax	currently	payable	is	based	on	the	taxable	profit	for	the	year.	Taxable	profit	differs	from	net	profit	as	reported	in	
the	income	statement	because	it	excludes	items	of	income	or	expense	that	are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	
and	it	further	excludes	items	that	are	never	taxable	or	deductible.	The	Group’s	liability	for	current	tax	is	calculated	
using	tax	rates	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantially	enacted	by	the	balance	sheet	date.

Deferred	tax	is	the	tax	expected	to	be	payable	or	recoverable	on	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	
and	liabilities	in	the	financial	statements	and	the	corresponding	tax	bases	used	in	the	computation	of	the	taxable	
profit,	and	is	accounted	for	using	the	balance	sheet	liability	method.	Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	generally	recognised	
for	all	taxable	temporary	differences	and	deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	
taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	deductible	temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.	Such	assets	and	
liabilities	are	not	recognised	if	the	temporary	differences	arise	from	the	goodwill	or	from	the	initial	recognition	(other	
than	in	a	business	combination)	of	other	assets	and	liabilities	in	a	transaction	that	affects	neither	the	tax	profit	nor	the	
accounting	profit.

Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	recognised	for	taxable	temporary	differences	arising	on	investments	in	subsidiaries	and	
associates,	and	interest	in	joint	ventures,	except	where	the	Group	is	able	to	control	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	
difference	and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future.	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

81

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

The	carrying	amount	of	the	deferred	tax	asset	is	reviewed	at	each	balance	sheet	date	and	reduced	to	the	extent	that	it	
is	no	longer	probable	that	sufficient	taxable	profits	will	be	available	to	allow	all	or	part	of	the	asset	to	be	recovered.

Deferred	tax	is	calculated	at	the	tax	rates	expected	to	apply	in	the	period	when	the	liability	is	settled	or	the	asset	is	
realised.	Deferred	tax	is	charged	or	credited	in	the	income	statement,	except	when	it	relates	to	items	charged	or	
credited	directly	to	equity,	in	which	case	the	deferred	tax	is	also	dealt	with	in	equity.

1.12 Employee benefits
Pensions
The	Group	offers	defined	contribution	pension	arrangements	to	certain	employees.	Payments	to	defined	contribution	
pension	schemes	are	expensed	as	incurred.	

Share-based payments
Some	Directors	and	employees	are	granted	share	options	which	may,	if	certain	performance	criteria	are	met,	allow	
these	employees	to	acquire	shares	in	the	Company.	The	specific	schemes	are	detailed	in	note	33	to	the	accounts,	
and	include	both	market	and	non-market	based	schemes.

The	fair	value	of	options	granted	after	7	November	2002	under	market	based	schemes,	are	recognised	as	an	
employee	expense	with	a	corresponding	increase	in	equity.	The	fair	value	is	measured	at	grant	date	and	spread	over	
the	period	during	which	the	employees	become	unconditionally	entitled	to	the	options.	The	fair	value	of	the	options	
granted	is	measured	using	an	option	pricing	model,	taking	into	account	the	terms	and	conditions	upon	which	the	
options	were	granted.	The	amount	recognised	as	an	expense	is	adjusted	to	reflect	the	actual	number	of	share	options	
that	vest	except	where	variations	are	due	only	to	share	prices	not	achieving	the	threshold	for	vesting.

The	fair	value	of	options	granted	under	non-market	based	schemes	are	recorded	in	the	same	way,	however	the	fair	
value	is	reassessed	at	each	reporting	date,	with	the	corresponding	change	in	fair	value	recorded	as	an	expense	with	a	
corresponding	increase	in	equity.

Cash settled option schemes
The	Group	grants	options	to	certain	employees	which,	on	vesting,	are	settled	in	cash.	These	are	detailed	in	note	33	
to	the	accounts	and	are	referred	to	as	Phantom	Share	Schemes.	An	option	pricing	model	is	used	to	ascertain	the	fair	
value	of	the	option	at	each	balance	sheet	date.	A	charge	is	recognised	and	included	within	share-based	payments	
with	a	corresponding	liability,	based	on	the	expected	number	of	options	to	vest,	pro-rated	for	the	vesting	period	that	
has	expired.

1.13 Own shares held by EBT
Transactions	of	the	Company-sponsored	EBT	are	treated	as	being	those	of	the	Company	and	are	therefore	reflected	
in	the	Parent	Company	and	Group	financial	statements.	In	particular,	the	trust’s	purchases	of	shares	in	the	Company	
are	debited	directly	to	equity.

1.14 Dividends on shares presented within equity
Dividends	unpaid	at	the	balance	sheet	date	are	only	recognised	as	a	liability	at	that	date	to	the	extent	that	they	are	
appropriately	authorised	and	are	no	longer	at	the	discretion	of	the	Company.	Unpaid	dividends	that	do	not	meet	these	
criteria	are	disclosed	in	the	notes	to	the	financial	statements.

82

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS1.15 Leases
Lease	arrangements	entered	into	by	the	Group	are	assessed	at	the	inception	of	the	lease	and	classified	as	either	an	
operating	or	a	finance	lease.	A	lease	is	classified	as	a	finance	lease	if	it	transfers	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	
of	incidental	ownership	to	the	lessee.	All	other	lease	arrangements	are	classified	as	operating	leases.

Rentals	payable	under	operating	leases	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	
the	periods	of	the	leases.	Assets	acquired	under	finance	leases	are	capitalised	and	the	outstanding	future	lease	
obligations	are	shown	under	creditors.

1.16 Financial instruments
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	are	recognised	in	the	Group’s	balance	sheet	when	the	Group	becomes	a	party	
to	the	contractual	provisions	of	the	instrument.

Equity instruments
Equity	instruments	issued	by	the	Group	are	initially	recorded	at	the	proceeds	received,	net	of	direct	issue	costs.

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative	financial	instruments	include	investments,	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	trade	and	other	receivables,	
trade	and	other	payables	and	borrowings.

•	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprise	cash	balances	and	short-term	deposits.	Bank	overdrafts	that	are	repayable	
on	demand	and	form	an	integral	part	of	the	Group’s	cash	management	are	included	as	a	component	of	cash	and	
cash	equivalents	for	the	purposes	of	the	consolidated	cash	flow	statement.

•	 Trade	and	other	receivables	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition	they	are	measured	

at	amortised	cost.

•	 Trade	and	other	payables	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value.	Subsequent	to	initial	recognition	they	are	measured	at	

amortised	cost.

•	 Bank	borrowings:	Bank	borrowings	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value	net	of	directly	attributable	transaction	costs	
incurred.	Borrowings	are	subsequently	stated	at	amortised	costs.	Any	difference	between	the	proceeds	(net	of	
transaction	costs)	and	redemption	value	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	over	the	period	of	the	borrowings	
using	the	effective	interest	method.

1.17 Government grants
Government	grants	are	recognised	on	the	balance	sheet	and	released	to	the	income	statement	over	the	term	to	which	
the	grant	relates.

1.18 Headline Operating Profit / Headline Operating Cash Flow
“Headline	Operating	Profit”	is	the	key	profit	measure	used	by	the	Board	to	assess	the	underlying	financial	performance	
of	the	operating	divisions	and	the	Group	as	a	whole.	Headline	Operating	Profit	is	stated	before	the	following	items	for	
the	following	reasons:

•	 Acquisition	costs,	because	these	are	one	off	in	nature

•	 Exceptional	restructuring	costs,	because	these	are	not	considered	to	reflect	the	underlying	performance	of	the	

Group’s	operating	businesses

•	 Share-based	payment	charges,	because	these	represent	a	non-cash	accounting	charge	for	long	term	incentives	to	

senior	management	rather	than	the	underlying	operations	of	the	Group’s	business.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

83

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

•	 Amortisation	or	impairment	of	acquired	intangible	assets	because	these	are	non-cash	charges	arising	as	a	result	of	

the	application	of	acquisition	accounting,	rather	than	core	operations

•	 The	non-cash	amortisation	charge	of	development	expenditure	capitalised	because	this	does	not	reflect	an	

ongoing	cash	outflow	of	the	Group

•	 Disposal	of	subsidiaries,	because	these	represent	a	one	off	non-cash	charge	to	the	consolidated	Income	

Statement.

“Headline	Operating	Cash	Flow”	is	a	key	internal	measure	used	by	the	Board	to	evaluate	the	cash	flow	of	the	Group.	
It	is	defined	as	operating	cash	flow	excluding	taxation,	interest	payments	and	receipts,	acquisition	costs,	and	
exceptional	restructuring	costs.

1.19 Adjusted earnings per share
An	adjusted	measure	of	earnings	per	share	has	also	been	presented,	which	the	Board	consider	gives	a	useful	
additional	indication	of	the	Group’s	performance.	Adjusted	earnings	are	stated	before	amortisation	or	impairment	
of	acquired	intangible	assets	and	development	expenditure	capitalised,	amortisation	of	bank	fees,	exceptional	
restructuring	costs,	acquisition	costs,	share-based	payments,	loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries,	unwinding	of	the	
discounted	contingent	consideration	and	adjustments	to	estimates	of	contingent	consideration.

2. Critical judgements and estimations in applying the Group’s accounting policies
2.1 Judgements
In	the	process	of	applying	the	Group’s	accounting	policies,	management	makes	various	judgements	that	can	
significantly	affect	the	amounts	recognised	in	the	financial	statements.	The	critical	judgements	are	considered	to	be	
the	following:

•	 Recoverability	of	goodwill	and	carrying	value	and	useful	economic	life	of	other	intangible	assets.

•	 Assessment	of	the	fair	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	acquired	in	business	combinations.

•	 Revenue	recognition	on	new	revenue	streams	in	more	complex	areas	of	the	business.

•	 Underlying	assumptions	used	in	taxation	and	recoverability	of	any	related	deferred	tax	assets.

•	 Judgements	in	determining	whether	development	expenditure	meets	the	criteria	for	capitalisation

2.2 Estimations
•	 Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets

Determining	whether	goodwill	or	other	intangibles	are	impaired	requires	an	estimation	of	the	value	in	use	of	the	
cash	generating	units	to	which	the	goodwill	or	other	intangible	is	allocated.	The	value	in	use	calculation	includes	
estimates	about	future	financial	performance	and	long-term	growth	rates	and	requires	management	to	select	a	
suitable	discount	rate	in	order	to	calculate	the	present	value	of	those	cash	flows.	The	key	assumptions	used	in	the	
impairment	review	are	disclosed	in	note	17	to	the	Financial	Statements.

•	 Revenue	Recognition

The	Group	has	developed	or	acquired	new	offerings	and	entered	new	contracts	where	revenue	recognition	is	
becoming	more	complex.	The	complexity	arises	around	identification	of	the	separable	elements	generating	revenue	
within	each	contract	and	estimation	of	the	fair	value	of	those	elements.	Judgement	is	also	required	as	to	when	the	
obligation	under	the	service	agreement	was	fulfilled	and	therefore	the	timing	of	when	revenue	may	be	recognised.

84

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS•	 Tax

The	Group	has	recognised	deferred	tax	assets	in	respect	of	unutilised	losses	and	other	temporary	differences	
arising	in	certain	of	the	Group’s	businesses.	This	requires	management	to	make	decisions	on	the	recoverability	of	
such	deferred	tax	assets	based	on	future	forecasts	of	taxable	profits.	If	these	forecast	profits	do	not	materialise,	
or	there	are	changes	in	the	tax	rates	or	to	the	period	over	which	the	losses	or	temporary	difference	might	be	
recognised,	the	value	of	the	deferred	tax	asset	will	need	to	be	revised	in	a	future	period.

The	Group	has	losses	for	which	no	value	has	been	recognised	for	deferred	tax	purposes	in	these	financial	
statements,	as	future	economic	benefit	of	these	temporary	differences	is	not	probable.	If	appropriate	profits	are	
earned	in	the	future,	the	temporary	difference	may	result	in	a	benefit	to	the	Group	in	the	form	of	a	reduced	tax	
charge	in	a	future	period.

•	 Customer	relationships

The	assessment	of	the	future	economic	benefits	generated	from	acquired	customer	relationships,	and	the	
determination	of	the	related	amortisation	profile,	involves	a	significant	degree	of	judgement	based	on	management	
estimation	of	future	potential	revenue	and	profit	and	the	useful	lives	of	the	assets.	

•	 Contingent	consideration

The	Directors	use	their	judgement	to	determine	the	extent	to	which	contingent	consideration	will	be	payable.	
To	assist	in	making	this	estimation	the	Directors	use	all	available	information	when	preparing	these	financial	
statements.

•	 Current	asset	provisions

In	the	course	of	normal	trading	activities,	judgement	is	used	to	establish	the	net	realisable	value	of	various	elements	
of	working	capital,	principally	inventory	and	trade	receivables.	Provisions	are	established	for	net	realisable	value	and	
bad	and	doubtful	debt	risks.	Provisions	are	based	on	the	facts	available	at	the	time	and	may	also	be	determined	by	
using	profiles,	based	upon	past	practice,	applied	to	inventory	and	aged	receivables.	

In	estimating	the	net	realisable	value	of	inventory,	judgement	is	required	in	assessing	their	likely	value	on	realisation	
taking	into	account	market	and	technological	changes.

In	estimating	the	collectability	of	trade	receivables,	judgement	is	required	in	assessing	their	likely	realisation,	
including	the	current	creditworthiness	of	each	customer	and	related	ageing	of	past	due	balances.	Specific	accounts	
are	assessed	in	situations	where	a	customer	may	not	be	able	to	meet	its	financial	obligations	due	to	deterioration	of	
its	financial	condition,	credit	ratings	or	bankruptcy.

The	judgement	as	outlined	above	is	also	used	when	acquiring	a	company	and	assessing	the	net	assets	acquired	to	
ensure	they	are	stated	at	their	realisable	value.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

85

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

3. Segmental reporting
Depot Solutions
The	Depot	Solutions	Division	provides	the	Group’s	geographic	infrastructure	and	core	repair	service,	focusing	on	
continuous	improvement,	common	operating	practices,	IT	platforms	and	efficiency.	It	includes	the	operations	in	
the	UK	(excluding	Glenrothes),	Germany,	Poland,	Romania,	Turkey,	South	Africa,	Spain,	Argentina,	Mexico,	India,	
Portugal,	Russia,	the	USA,	and	the	Czech	Republic.	

Software and Advanced Solutions
The	Software	segment	includes:

•	 The	Blancco	business	which	was	acquired	in	the	previous	financial	year.	The	business	specialises	in	the	provision	of	

data	erasure	software	and	is	the	leading	global	provider	in	this	field.

•	 The	Xcaliber	smartphone	diagnostic	business	which	has	moved	from	a	start-up,	focused	on	product	development	

in	the	prior	year	to	a	business	with	a	product	ready	to	market	and	with	a	promising	sales	pipeline.	The	Group	
increased	its	ownership	of	this	business	from	15%	to	49%	in	July	2014.

The	Advanced	Solutions:	Other	businesses	include:

•	 The	Set	Top	Box	activities	in	Glenrothes;	

•	 The	Set	Top	Box	Diagnostics	business	which	started	in	2011	–	including	the	In-Field	Tester	business	and	other	

remote	diagnostics	capabilities	covering	countries	including	the	USA,	South	Africa	and	Belgium;

•	 The	Digital	Care	Insurance	business	which	started	in	2013,	with	activities	principally	in	Poland;

Revenue from external customers
Depot Solutions
Software
Advanced	Solutions
Software and Advanced Solutions
Total Group

Revenue
2015
£’000

154,262
15,150
33,288
48,438
202,700

Share of 
associate 
2015
£’000

—
	(136)	
—
(136)
(136)

Revenue
2015
£’000

154,262
15,014
33,288
48,302
202,564

Revenue
2014
£’000

151,641
2,382
43,905
46,287
197,928

Share of 
JV 2014
£’000

(446)
—
—
—
(446)

Revenue
2014
£’000

151,195
2,382
43,905
46,287
197,482

There	are	two	customers	who	account	for	more	than	10%	of	the	Group’s	revenue	and	had	total	revenues	of:	
£27,878,429	and	£24,909,276;	(2014:	three	customers	£28,264,525,	£23,920,662	and	£20,112,833).	

The	revenues	from	the	two	largest	customers	were	split	across	the	segments	as	follows:	Depot	Solutions	
£51,407,198	(2014	from	the	three	largest	customers:	£70,963,608),	Advanced	Solutions	£1,380,507	(2014:	
£1,334,412)	and	Software	£nil	(2014:	£nil).	These	are	significant	in	the	context	of	the	Group	although	we	contract	with	
them	under	several	service	agreements	in	several	different	countries.	

86

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSHeadline segment profit
Depot Solutions
Software
Advanced	Solutions
Software and Advanced Solutions
Total Group
Corporate	costs
Headline Operating Profit
Exceptional	restructuring	costs
Acquisition	costs
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets
Share-based	payments
Group Operating Profit before disposal of subsidiaries
Loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries
Group Operating Profit
Share	of	results	of	equity	accounted	investments
Profit	on	disposal	of	jointly	controlled	entity
Operating profit from continuing operations
	 Finance	income
	 Revaluation	of	contingent	consideration
	 Unwinding	of	discount	factor	on	contingent	consideration
	 Other	finance	costs
Net	finance	income
Profit before tax

Depot Solutions
Software
Advanced	Solutions
Software and Advanced Solutions
Total Group
Corporate

Depot Solutions
Software
Advanced	Solutions
Software and Advanced Solutions
Total Group
Corporate	costs

2015
£’000

8,623
5,382
6,578
11,960
20,583
(5,157)
15,426
(678)
(3,041)
(3,349)
(531)
7,827
(1,456)
6,371
(746)
—
5,625
143
3,302
(934)
(1,339)
1,172
6,797

2014
£’000

8,112
502
6,951
7,453
15,565
(4,600)
10,965
(4,351)
(5,044)
(589)
(658)
323
—
323
(100)
240
463
86
4,695
(1,063)
(1,311)
2,407
2,870

Segment 
assets
2015
£’000
59,762
11,075
23,599
34,674
94,436
80,829
175,265

Segment 
assets
2014
£’000
62,418
10,369
11,847
22,216
84,634
101,588
186,222

Segment 
liabilities
2015
£’000
52,387
4,318
21,584
25,902
78,289
(25,690)
 52,599

Segment
liabilities
2014
£’000
48,672
3,566
17,169
20,735
69,407
(13,598)
55,809

Capital 
expenditure
2015
£’000
2,860
1,641
1,751
3,392
6,252
1,085
7,337

Capital 
expenditure
2014
£’000
 3,542
200
1,701
1,901
5,443
23,102
28,545 

Depreciation 
& 
amortisation
2015
£’000
2,588
2,250
1,110
3,360
5,948
206
6,154

Depreciation & 
amortisation
2014
£’000
 1,862
14
1,092
1,106
2,968
299
3,267

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

87

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Geographical information
The	following	geographical	information	is	based	on	the	location	of	the	business	units	of	the	Group:

Revenue from external customers
UK
Germany
Poland
Spain
Rest	of	World

Less:	share	of	jointly	controlled	entity

Inter-location revenue
UK
Poland
Romania
Rest	of	World

Non-current assets
UK
Non-UK

4. Auditors’ remuneration

Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditor	for	the	audit	of	the	Company’s	annual	accounts
The	audit	of	the	Company’s	subsidiaries	pursuant	to	legislation
Total audit fees
Non-audit	fees
Taxation	compliance	services
Taxation	advisory	services	
Transaction	services
Non-audit fees

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

34,042
31,484
51,167
30,755
55,252
202,770
(136)
202,564

2015
£’000

881
972
1,215
551
3,619

2015
£’000

56,427
27,469
44,717
33,508
35,807
197,928
(446)
197,482

2014
£’000

3,940
1
212
267
4,420

2014
£’000

28,071
91,015
119,086 

28,987
88,561
117,548

2015
£’000
19
428
447

33
1,170
144
1,347
1,794

 2014 
 £’000
19
351
370

41
725
432
1,198
1,568

The	audit	fee	for	the	Group	has	increased	in	2015	as	a	result	of	the	new	legal	entities	acquired	in	previous	years	as	
well	as	the	general	growth	in	the	Group.	

The	Board	considered	the	level	of	fees	paid	to	the	auditor	and	in	particular	the	level	of	non-audit	fees.	Having	
considered	their	own	view	and	the	view	of	KPMG,	the	Board	concluded	appropriate	safeguards	were	in	place	to	
ensure	the	independence	of	the	auditor.	

88

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS5. Operating profit

Revenue
Less:	share	of	jointly	controlled	entity
Group revenue
Cost	of	sales
Gross profit
Headline	administrative	expenses
Headline Operating Profit
Other	administrative	expenses
Profit	on	disposal	of	jointly	controlled	entity
Loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries
Share	of	results	of	equity	accounted	investment
Operating profit
Administrative	expenses

6. Acquisition costs

Acquisition	costs,	deal	costs	and	other	M&A	related	costs	

2015
£’000
202,700
(136)
202,564
(148,961)
53,603
(38,177)
15,426
(7,599)
—
(1,456)
(746)
5,625
47,232

2014
£’000
197,928
(446)
197,482
(151,436)
46,046
(35,081)
10,965
(10,642)
240
—
(100)
463
45,723

2015
£’000
3,041

2014
£’000
5,044

Acquisition	costs	relate	to	the	M&A	activity	within	the	year,	with	the	most	significant	relating	to	the	acquisition	of	SafeIT	
and	additional	investments	in	Xcaliber	and	Blancco	sales	offices.

7. Exceptional restructuring costs 

Redundancies	and	restructuring
Onerous	lease	and	dilapidation	provision

2015
£’000
678
—
 678

2014
£’000
3,610
741
4,351

Exceptional	redundancy	and	restructuring	costs	relate	primarily	to	finalisation	of	the	restructuring	activities	carried	out	
in	the	second	half	of	the	previous	financial	year.

8. Profit for the year
Profit	for	the	year	has	been	arrived	at	after	charging/(crediting):

Depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	–	owned
Loss/(profit)	on	disposal	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets	including	software	licences
Cost	of	inventories	recognised	as	an	expense
Staff	costs	(note	9)
Net	foreign	exchange	(gains)/	losses

2015
£’000
1,702
114
4,452
91,372
60,368
(233)

2014
£’000
1,619
(5)
2,152
100,406
59,142
241

Within	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement,	the	Group	has	realised	a	profit	arising	due	to	the	translation	of	sales	and	
purchases	in	foreign	currencies	into	the	reporting	currency	of	the	Group’s	subsidiaries.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

89

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

9. Staff costs

Average numbers employed
Production
Sales	and	business	development
Administration

Aggregate employment costs
Wages	and	salaries
Social	security	costs
Share-based	payments
Pension	and	other	staff	costs

2015
Number

2014
Number

3,426
142
681
4,249

2015
£’000

51,806
6,564
531
1,467
60,368

3,515
136
561
4,212

2014
£’000

49,924
6,678
658
1,975
59,235

Key	management	personnel	have	been	identified	as	the	main	Board,	the	Depot	Solutions	Board,	and	the	Software	
and	Advanced	Solutions	Board.	Remuneration	of	key	management	personnel	is	as	follows:

Key management personnel costs
Short-term	employee	benefits
Post-employment	benefits
Share-based	payments

2015
£’000

1,852
117
531
2,500

2014
£’000

2,565
144
658
3,367

The	remuneration	of	individual	Directors	is	detailed	in	the	table	at	the	bottom	of	page	63	in	the	Remuneration	Report.

The	reduction	in	the	remuneration	of	key	personnel	in	the	current	year	is	due	to	no	bonus	or	long	term	incentive	plan	
pay-outs	accruing	to	the	Directors.

10. Finance costs and finance income

Bank	interest	receivable	and	similar	income
Revaluation	of	contingent	consideration	(note	30)
Total finance income
Interest	payable	on	borrowings:
Bank	loans	and	overdrafts
Other	finance	costs
Unwind	of	discount	factor	on	contingent	consideration	(note	30)
Total finance costs
Net finance income

2015
£’000
143
3,302
3,445

583
	756
934
2,273
1,172

2014
£’000
86
4,695
4,781

647
664
1,063
2,374
2,407

Invoice	financing	facility	charges	were	£0.2	million	(2014:	£0.2	million).	Interest	costs	for	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility	
and	other	costs	were	£1.2	million	(2014:	£1.1	million).

The	HDM	contingent	consideration	is	payable	in	September	2015	with	a	final	payment	agreed	with	the	vendor	of	€1.4	
million	(£1.0	million).	As	a	result,	a	revaluation	of	the	contingent	consideration	in	the	year	has	resulted	in	a	non-cash	
profit	recorded	of	£3.3	million.

90

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS11. Tax 

Current tax
UK	corporation	tax
Overseas	tax
Adjustments	in	respect	of	prior	years
Total current tax charge
Deferred tax
UK
Overseas
Adjustments	in	respect	of	prior	years
Total deferred tax charge/(credit) (note 31)
Tax charge/(credit)

2015
£’000

180
1,796
	(945)
1,031

(577)
(126)
1,352
649
 1,680

2014
£’000

—
972
	(542)
430

(221)
(932)
342
(811)
(381)

UK	corporation	tax	is	calculated	at	20.75%	(2014:	22.5%)	of	the	estimated	assessable	profit	for	the	year.	Taxation	for	
other	jurisdictions	is	calculated	at	the	rates	prevailing	in	the	respective	jurisdictions.

The	Group’s	total	income	tax	charge	for	the	year	can	be	reconciled	to	the	profit	per	the	Consolidated	Income	
Statement	as	follows:

Profit	before	tax
Tax	at	standard	UK	corporation	tax	rate	of	20.75%	(2014:	22.5%)
Effects	of:
Permanent	differences
Income	not	taxable	
Rate	differences
Adjustment	in	respect	of	previous	periods
Loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries
Brought	forward	losses	no	longer	recognised	
Current	year	losses	not	recognised
Relief	on	research	and	development	costs
Other	timing	differences

2015
£’000
6,797
1,410

(751)
—
(493)
407
310
798
65
—
(66)
1,680

2014
£’000
2,870
646

201
(1,120)
(275)
(200)
—
—
633
(266)
—
(381)

Factors that may affect future current and total tax charges 
Reductions	in	the	UK	corporation	tax	rate	from	23%	to	21%	(effective	from	1	April	2014)	and	20%	(effective	from	
1	April	2015)	were	substantively	enacted	on	2	July	2013.	In	the	Budget	on	8	July	2015,	the	Chancellor	announced	
additional	planned	reductions	to	18%	by	2020.	This	will	reduce	the	company’s	future	tax	charge	accordingly.	The	
deferred	tax	asset	at	30	June	2015	has	been	calculated	based	on	the	rate	of	20%	substantively	enacted	at	the	
balance	sheet	date.

12. Earnings per share (EPS) 

Basic	earnings	per	share
Diluted	earnings	per	share
Adjusted	earnings	per	share
Adjusted	diluted	earnings	per	share

2015
Pence
6.97
6.97
16.19
16.19

2014
Pence
5.45
5.41
16.16
16.06

91

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Profit	for	the	year
Loss/(profit)	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests
Basic	EPS/profit	attributable	to	equity	holders	of	the	Company
Reconciliation	to	adjusted	profit:
Amortisation	of	intangible	assets
Exceptional	bank	charges
Acquisition	costs
Share-based	payments
Unwinding	of	discount	on	contingent	consideration
Adjustment	to	fair	value	of	contingent	consideration
Exceptional	restructuring	costs
Loss	on	disposal	of	subsidiaries
Tax	impact	of	above	adjustments
Adjusted	EPS/profit	for	the	year

Number of shares
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares
Treasury	shares	excluded
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	(basic)
Effect	of	share	options	in	issue
Weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	(diluted)

2015
Pence per 
share
6.60p
0.37p
6.97p

2014
Pence per 
share
5.96p
(0.51p)
5.45p

4.32p
0.94p
3.92p
0.69p
1.20p
(4.26p)
0.88p
1.88p
(0.35p)
16.19p

1.08p
0.91p
9.24p
1.21p
1.95p
(8.60p)
7.97p
(0.44p)
(2.61p)
16.16p

2015
£’000
5,117
287
5,404

3,349
730
3,041
531
934
(3,302)
678
1,456
(269)
12,552

2015
’000
80,017
(2,467)
77,550
13
77,563

2014
£’000
3,251
(276)
2,975

589
495
5,044
658
1,063
(4,695)
4,351
(240)
(1,418)
8,822

2014
’000
55,438
(854)
54,584
359
54,943

13. Acquisitions during the year
Acquisition of SafeIT
On	2	September	2014	the	Group	completed	the	acquisition	of	100%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	SafeIT	Security	
Sweden	AB	for	a	consideration	of	€1.8	million	(£1.4	million),	which	was	funded	through	the	Group’s	cash	reserves.

In	the	ten	months	to	30	June	2015,	this	acquisition	has	contributed	total	revenue	of	£260,000,	Headline	Operating	
Profit	of	£149,000	and	operating	profit	of	£149,000.	

If	the	acquisition	had	been	completed	on	the	first	day	of	the	financial	year,	management	estimates	that		
the	benefit	to	consolidated	revenue	for	the	year	would	have	been	£315,000,	the	benefit	to	consolidated	Headline	
Operating	Profit	would	have	been	£180,000,	and	the	benefit	to	consolidated	operating	profit	would	have	been	
£180,000.	

In	determining	these	amounts,	management	has	assumed	that	the	fair	value	adjustments,	determined	provisionally,	
that	arose	on	the	date	of	acquisition	would	have	been	the	same	if	the	acquisition	had	occurred	on	1	July	2014.

92

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSThe	provisional	book	value	and	fair	value	of	the	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed	were	as	follows:	

Intangible	assets	–	customer	contracts
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Deferred	tax	
Cash
External	borrowings
Trade	and	other	receivables
Trade	and	other	payables
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
Total consideration

Satisfied by:
Cash	paid	in	2015
Total consideration

Book Value
£’000
—
3
(11)
153
—
29
(55)
119

IFRS 
alignment
£’000
—
—
—
—
—
—
(100)
(100)

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000
197
(3)
18
—
—
(27)
(210)
(25)

Fair Value
£’000
197
—
7
153
—
2
(365)
(6)
1,410
1,404

1,404
1,404

There	were	a	number	of	fair	value	adjustments	identified	to	get	to	the	fair	value	following	a	review	of	all	balance	
sheet	categories.	These	adjustments	include	£197,000	relating	to	customer	contracts	intangibles,	a	provision	
against	doubtful	debtors	(£27,000),	write	off	of	previously	disposed	property,	plant	and	equipment	(£3,000),	and	the	
recognition	of	accruals	in	respect	to	litigation,	claims	and	other	unrecorded	liabilities	(£310,000).

Trade	receivables	acquired	totalled	£29,000	gross	and	there	was	no	bad	debt	provision.	The	goodwill	of	£1,410,000	
can	be	attributed	to	the	anticipated	growth	of	the	Software	group,	strategic	benefits	and	workforce	in	place.

Acquisition of non-controlling interests in Blancco
On	2	September	2014,	the	Group	acquired	the	remaining	25%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	Sweden	SFO	which	
it	did	not	already	own	for	an	initial	cost	of	SEK	2.8	million	(£0.2	million).	The	acquisition	also	includes	an	earn-out	for	
the	period	to	March	2016	and	March	2017	based	upon	some	growth	metrics	above	a	pre-agreed	target	revenue.	
The	estimated	cash	outflow	at	the	time	of	settlement	is	difficult	to	predict	but	has	been	estimated	as	£1.9	million.	A	
deferred	liability	of	£1.3	million	has	been	established	which	represents	the	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date,	using	a	
discount	rate	of	13.1%.	At	30	June	2015,	the	deferred	liability	had	increased	to	£1.9	million.	The	earn-out	is	payable	
partly	in	Euros	and	partly	in	Swedish	Krone.

On	30	September	2014,	the	Group	acquired	the	remaining	40%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	US	LLC	which	it	did	
not	already	own	for	a	cost	of	$1.2	million	(£0.7	million).	There	is	no	earn-out.

On	30	June	2015,	the	Group	acquired	the	remaining	20%	of	the	share	capital	of	Blancco	Central	Europe	GmbH	which	
it	did	not	already	own	for	a	cost	of	€0.4	million	(£0.3	million).	There	is	no	earn-out.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

93

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

The	buy	outs	of	non-controlling	interests	do	not	require	a	fair	value	assessment	as	both	companies	were	already	
under	control	of	the	Group	when	the	initial	Blancco	acquisition	was	completed	on	16	April	2014.	The	fair	value	
assessment	performed	for	the	Blancco	Group	can	be	found	below.

In	accordance	with	IFRS	10	“Consolidated	Financial	Statements”,	the	purchase	prices	for	each	acquisition	have	been	
taken	directly	to	the	profit	and	loss	reserve,	in	addition	to	the	non-controlling	interest	in	the	balance	sheet	attributable	
to	Blancco	Sweden	SFO,	Blancco	US	LLC	and	Blancco	Central	Europe	GmbH	as	at	the	respective	acquisition	dates.

Acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2014
Acquisition of Blancco
On	17	April	2014,	Regenersis	completed	the	acquisition	of	all	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	Blancco	Oy	Ltd	and	
controlling	stakes	in	its	major	sales	offices	(together	comprising	“Blancco”)	for	a	consideration	of	€60,000,000	on	a	
cash	and	debt	free	basis	comprising	approximately	€58,700,000	(£48,558,000)	in	cash	and	€1,300,000	(£952,000)	in	
consideration	shares.	Total	shares	issued	to	the	vendors	were	225,096	at	a	value	of	£3.73.

The	book	value	and	revised	fair	value	of	the	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed	were	as	follows:

Intangible	assets	arising	on	consolidation
Goodwill	recognised	in	subsidiaries’	books
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Investments	in	associates
Cash
External	borrowings
Inventory
Trade	and	other	receivables
Trade	and	other	payables	
Deferred	tax
Total	net	assets
Net	assets	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
Total consideration

Satisfied by:
Cash
Equity	instruments	issued
Total consideration

Book 
Value
£’000
—
1,899
69
134
3,205
(142)
57
2,480
(1,294)
(147)
6,261

IFRS 
alignment
£’000
—
(1,899)
—
(21)
—
—
—
(395)
(2,211)
—
(4,526)

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000
22,120
—
(27)
(103)
—
—
(57)
(145)
(2,423)
(3,227)
16,138

Fair 
Value
£’000
22,120
—
42
10
3,205
(142)
—
1,940
(5,928)
(3,374)
17,873
(294)
17,579
31,931
49,510

48,558
952
49,510

The	IFRS	alignment	and	fair	value	adjustments	relate	to	intangibles	arising	on	consolidation	(£22,120,000),	true	up	of	
goodwill	to	Regenersis	level	(£1,899,000),	write	off	of	unusable	property,	plant	and	equipment	(£27,000),	correction	
of	investment	accounting	(£21,000),	write	off	of	unprofitable	investments	(£103,000),	write	off	of	inventory	(£57,000),	
correction	of	sub-consolidation	accounting	(£395,000),	provision	against	doubtful	debtors	(£145,000),	provisions	
against	litigations	and	claims	and	other	unrecorded	liabilities	(£4,634,000),	and	the	deferred	tax	impact	of	the	above	
(£3,227,000).

Trade	receivables	acquired	totalled	£2,158,000	gross,	which	consisted	of	£724,000	net	and	bad	debt	provision	of	
£1,434,000.	

94

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS 
Under	IFRS	3	“Business	Combinations”	separately	identifiable	intangible	assets	arising	from	the	acquisition	have	
been	capitalised.	These	relate	to	product	development	valued	at	£11,872,000,	customer	contracts	and	relationships	
valued	at	£7,360,000	and	the	Blancco	brand	name,	valued	at	£2,888,000.	The	intangible	assets	were	valued	by	an	
external	valuer,	Global	View	Advisors.	The	key	assumption	used	was	the	discount	rate	for	future	cash	flows	which	was	
estimated	at	15%.	The	sensitivity	of	each	asset’s	value	to	a	change	in	the	discount	rate	is	summarised	below.

Sensitivity factor
Discount	rate	on	product	development
Discount	rate	on	customer	relationships
Discount	rate	on	brand	name

Effect of +1% 
change in factor 
£
(296,000)
(271,000)
(142,000)

The	remaining	goodwill	of	£31,984,000	can	be	attributed	to	the	anticipated	profitability	through	the	growth	of	the	
enlarged	Group	synergistic	benefits	and	workforce	in	place.

Acquisition of Digicomp
On	10	September	2013	the	acquisition	of	80%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	Digicomp	Complete	Solutions	Limited	
(“Digicomp”)	was	completed.

The	book	value	and	fair	value	of	the	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed	were	as	follows:

Intangible	assets
Intangible	assets	–	customer	contracts
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Deferred	tax	liability
Overdraft
Inventory
Trade	and	other	receivables
Trade	and	other	payables
Other	long-term	payables
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
Total consideration

Satisfied by:
Initial	cash	consideration
Deferred	cash	consideration
Contingent	consideration	for	redeemable	preference	shares	
Total consideration

Book 
Value
£’000
252	
—
793
(94)
(493)
597
1,642
(654)
(113)
1,930

IFRS 
alignment
£’000
(213)
—
(429)
—
—
(404)
(163)
(288)
—
(1,497)

Fair value
adjustments
£’000
—
242
(216)
1
—
(146)
(209)
(1,042)
—
(1,370)

Fair 
Value
£’000
39
242
148
(93)
(493)
47
1,270
(1,984)
(113)
(937)
7,667
6,730

4,517
2,213
—
6,730

The	adjustments	relating	to	IFRS	accounting	alignment	include:	intangibles	not	eligible	for	capitalisation	under	IFRS	
(£213,000);	alignment	of	depreciation	policies	on	property,	plant	and	equipment	(£429,000);	alignment	of	stock	
provisioning	on	stock	(£404,000);	incorrectly	applied	accruals	accounting	on	debtors	(£21,000);	provisions	against	
doubtful	debts	and	customer	claims	(£142,000);	provisions	for	onerous	transactions	(£206,000);	incorrectly	applied	
accruals	accounting	on	payables	(£76,000);	and	other	provisions	required	by	IFRS	(£6,000).

In	addition	to	the	adjustments	noted	above,	the	Directors	identified	a	number	of	further	fair	value	adjustments	that	
were	required	to	the	book	values,	following	a	review	of	all	balance	sheet	categories.	These	adjustments	include	write	
off	of	obsolete	property,	plant	and	equipment	and	stock	(£362,000),	provisions	against	doubtful	debtors	(£209,000);	
intangibles	arising	from	customer	contracts	(£242,000);	and	provisions	against	litigations	and	claims	and	other	
unrecorded	liabilities	(£1,042,000).

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

95

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Trade	receivables	acquired	totalled	£999,000	gross,	which	consisted	of	£865,000	net	and	bad	debt	provision	of	
£134,000.	

The	contingent	consideration	in	respect	of	the	Digicomp	acquisition,	was	originally	payable	in	September	2016	and	
based	on	a	fixed	earnings	multiple	applied	to	EBIT	achieved	in	the	12	month	period	ending	31	March	2016.	During	
the	year,	the	terms	of	the	earn-out	have	been	renegotiated	with	the	vendors,	with	the	earn	out	now	becoming	payable	
on	one	of	three	pre-determined	dates	between	31	March	2017	and	31	March	2018,	depending	on	meeting	certain	
EBIT	thresholds	at	these	dates.	

Regenersis	will	be	able	to	exercise	their	option	over	the	remaining	share	capital	if	these	thresholds	are	not	achieved	at	
any	of	these	dates,	with	an	unconditional	right	to	acquire	the	shares	on	31	March	2018.

The	value	of	the	earn	out	will	be	based	on	a	fixed	earnings	multiple	applied	to	the	EBIT	achieved	in	the	12	month	
period	ending	on	the	trigger	date.

Acquisition of Regenersis Rus Ooo (Russia)
On	26	December	2013	Regenersis	completed	the	acquisition	of	the	remaining	50%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	
Regenersis	Rus	Ooo	which	became	a	fully	wholly	owned	subsidiary	from	this	date.

The	book	value	and	fair	value	of	the	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed	were	as	follows:

Intangible	assets
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Deferred	tax	asset
Cash
Inventory
Trade	and	other	receivables
Trade	and	other	payables
Net liabilities acquired
Goodwill
Total consideration

Satisfied by:
Initial	cash	consideration
Disposal	proceeds
Total consideration

Book Value
£’000
15
61
89
324
170
462
(1,239)
(118)

IFRS alignment
£’000
—
(37)
—
—
(34)
(126)
(210)
(407)

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000
—
—
(86)
—
(99)
(108)
(26)
(319)

Fair Value
£’000
15
24
3
324
37
228
(1,475)
(844)
1,529
685

445
240
685

A	gain	of	£240,000	was	recognised	in	the	prior	year	on	the	disposal	of	the	50%	equity	interest	on	31	December	2013	
which	was	required	to	be	accounted	for	prior	to	the	acquisition.

The	adjustments	relating	to	IFRS	accounting	alignment	includes	property,	plant	and	equipment	accounting	policies	
alignment	(£37,000);	revaluation	of	stock	(£34,000);	provisions	for	irrecoverable	debtors	(£126,000);	and	incorrectly	
applied	accruals	accounting	on	payables	(£210,000).

In	addition	to	the	adjustments	noted	above,	the	Directors	identified	a	number	of	further	adjustments	that	were	required	
to	the	book	values,	following	a	review	of	all	balance	sheet	categories.	These	adjustments	include	provision	against	
recoverability	of	tax	assets	(£86,000),	provision	against	unusable	stock	(£99,000);	provisions	against	doubtful	debtors	
(£108,000);	and	provisions	against	litigations	and	claims	and	other	unrecorded	liabilities	(£26,000).

Trade	receivables	acquired	totalled	£262,000	gross,	which	consisted	of	£65,000	net	and	bad	debt	provision	of	
£197,000.	The	remaining	goodwill	of	£1,529,000	can	be	attributed	to	the	anticipated	profitability	through	the	growth	
of	the	enlarged	Group,	synergistic	benefits	and	workforce	in	place.

96

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS14. Cash flow – acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired
Within	the	consolidated	cash	flow	statement,	the	cash	flow	relating	to	acquisitions,	net	of	cash	acquired	is	reconciled	
as	per	the	table	below:

SafeIT	acquisition	–	initial	cash	consideration
SafeIT	acquisition	–	cash	acquired
Blancco	Sweden	minority	buy	out	–	cash	consideration
Blancco	US	minority	buy	out	–	cash	consideraton
Blancco	Central	Europe	minority	buy	out	–	cash	consideration
Net cash flow – acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

£’000
1,404
(153)
238
698
263
2,450

No	cash	or	overdraft	was	acquired	as	part	of	the	minority	buy	outs	since	the	cash	balances	were	consolidated	by	
virtue	of	the	initial	shareholding	being	a	controlling	stake.

15. Other acquisition
Investment in Xcaliber
On	21	November	2013	we	completed	the	acquisition	of	15%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	Xcaliber	Technologies	LLC	
and	Xcaliber	Infotech	PVT	Ltd	(together	“Xcaliber”)	for	a	consideration	of	$1.2	million	(£0.75	million).	

On	25	July	2014	the	Group	completed	the	acquisition	of	an	additional	34%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	Xcaliber	
Technologies	LLC	for	a	consideration	of	$3.3	million	(£1.9	million)	bringing	the	Group’s	share	to	49%.	

Xcaliber	is	a	US	based	software	business	with	a	market	leading	mobile	diagnostics	technology	which	adds	to	our	
existing	diagnostics	offering	in	Europe,	the	US	and	globally.

The	initial	consideration	of	$1.2	million	cash	was	funded	through	the	Group’s	Revolving	Credit	Facility	and	the	
subsequent	consideration	of	$3.3	million	(£1.9	million)	cash	was	funded	through	the	Group’s	cash	reserves.

16. Disposal of subsidiaries
On	8	June	2014	the	Group	disposed	of	its	entire	shareholding	in	Regenersis	Recommerce	Limited	and	Regenersis	
Sweden	AB	for	a	consideration	of	£1.	The	directors	do	not	consider	this	to	be	a	separate	major	line	of	business	
and	so,	in	accordance	with	IFRS	5,	its	results	have	not	been	classified	as	a	discontinued	operation.	This	transaction	
resulted	on	a	non-cash	loss	on	disposal	of	£1,456,000.

17. Goodwill

Cost
At	1	July	2014
Acquisitions
Reassessment	of	fair	value	accounting
At 30 June 2015

Accumulated impairment losses
At	1	July	2014	and	30	June	2015

Net book value
At 30 June 2015
At	1	July	2014

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Total
£‘000

88,372
1,410
(44)
89,738

6,581

83,157
81,791

97

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

The	addition	to	goodwill	in	the	year	relates	to	the	acquisition	of	SafeIT	(see	note	13).	The	Blancco	fair	value	
assessment,	originally	calculated	on	30	June	2014,	was	reassessed	during	the	year	and	resulted	in	a	reduction	of	
the	goodwill	value	by	£44,000.	The	revaluation	relates	to	a	number	of	small	changes	across	several	balance	sheet	
accounts	for	which	additional	information	about	the	acquired	value	became	known	during	the	current	year.	IFRS	
requires	for	the	change	in	value	to	be	adjusted	through	the	goodwill	value,	since	the	reassessment	took	place	within	
12	months	of	the	acquisition	date	and	relates	to	conditions	that	were	present	at	the	acquisition	date.

The	Directors	have	assessed	the	recoverable	amount	of	the	Group’s	goodwill	as	at	30	June	2015.	The	recoverable	
amount	of	each	cash	generating	unit	(CGU)	has	been	determined	from	the	value	in	use,	calculated	with	reference	to	
the	net	present	value	of	its	future	cash	flow.

Cash	flow	projections	are	based	on	the	latest	budget	for	each	CGU	approved	by	the	Board.	Beyond	this,	the	
projections	extend	to	20	years	using	a	long-term	growth	rate	for	each	CGU	which	the	Executive	Directors	consider	to	
be	specific	to	the	business.	This	exceeds	the	post-war	real	annual	average	growth	in	GDP	in	the	markets	the	Group	
serves,	however	the	assessment	to	impairment	is	not	considered	sensitive	to	changes	in	this	assumption.

In	establishing	the	discount	factor	for	each	CGU,	the	Group’s	weighted	average	cost	of	capital	was	calculated	and	
then	flexed	according	to	CGU	geographical	spread,	customer	concentration,	length	of	customer	contracts	and	risk	of	
loss,	breadth	of	services	offered,	longer	term	profitability	trend,	unique	selling	points,	expected	business	change	and	
growth	opportunity.

The	Board	believes	that,	even	in	the	current	economic	conditions,	any	reasonable	change	in	the	key	assumptions	on	
which	the	recoverable	amounts	are	based	would	not	cause	the	CGU’s	carrying	amount	to	exceed	the	recoverable	
amount.

Depot	Solutions
Advanced	Solutions
Software
Total Goodwill

The	average	long	term	growth	rates	and	pre-tax	discount	rates	applied	are	as	follows:

Depot	Solutions
Advanced	Solutions
Software

2015
Growth 
rate %
5%
5%
15%

2015
Discount 
rate %
16%
18%
15%

2015
Carrying 
value
£‘000
38,583
11,344
33,230
 83,157

2014
Growth
rate %
6%
8%
8%

2014
Carrying 
value
£‘000
38,583
11,344
31,863
81,791

2014
Discount
 rate %
12%
13%
13%

Management	has	undertaken	sensitivity	analysis	on	a	number	of	the	key	assumptions	in	the	value	in	use	calculations.	
Sensitivity	analysis	on	the	discount	rate	shows	that	the	discount	rate	would	have	to	increase	to	a	minimum	of	17.8%	
for	Depot	Solutions,	to	a	minimum	of	55.1%	for	Advanced	Solutions	and	to	a	minimum	of	24.4%	for	Software	before	
impairment	was	triggered	in	any	CGU.	Sensitivity	analysis	was	applied	to	the	cash	flows	used	to	determine	the	value	
in	use	by	reducing	growth	rates	to	3.1%	growth,	19.0%	shrinkage	and	5.7%	growth	respectively.	On	the	basis	of	
the	sensitivity	analysis	undertaken	in	relation	to	cash	flows,	Group	management	concluded	that	there	is	a	more	than	
adequate	amount	of	headroom	in	the	value	in	use	calculations	before	an	impairment	would	be	triggered.

98

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS18. Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 July 2013
Additions
On	acquisitions	
Disposals
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2014
Additions
On	acquisitions	
Disposals
Reclassification
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2015

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2013
Charge	for	the	year
On	acquisitions
Disposals
Impairment
Exchange	Movement
At 30 June 2014
Charge	for	the	year
Disposals
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2015

Brand 
Name
£’000

Intellectual 
Property
£’000

Customer 
contracts
£’000

Development 
expenditure
£’000

Software 
licences
£’000

—
—
2,888
—
—
2,888
—
—
—
—
—
2,888

—
43
—
—
—
—
43
206
—
—
249

 —
—
11,872
—
—
11,872
—
—
—
—
—
11,872

—
247
—
—
—
—
247
1,187
—
—
1,434

 3,465
—
7,601
(106)
—
10,960
—
197
—
—
—
11,157

2,695
299
—
—
—
—
2,994
787
—
—
3,781

2,381 
2,928
—
(3)
(29)
5,277
3,959
—
(219)
(1,141)
(66)
7,810

550
896
13
—
5
(11)
1,453
1,169
(407)
8
2,223

4,028
946
92
(62)
(158)
4,846
790
—
(1,357)
—
(485)
3,794

2,041
667
18
(22)
—
(77)
2,627
1,103
(724)
(213)
2,793

Total
£‘000

9,874 
3,874
22,453
(171)
(187)
35,843
4,749
197
(1,576)
(1,141)
(551)
37,521

5,286
2,152
31
(22)
5
(88)
7,364
4,452
(1,131)
(205)
10,480

Net book value at 30 June 2015

2,639

10,438

7,376

5,587

1,001

27,041

Net	book	value	at	30	June	2014
Net	book	value	at	30	June	2013

2,845
—

11,625
—

7,966
770

3,824
1,831

2,219
1,987

28,479
4,588

The	Group	capitalised	development	expenditure	of	£4.0	million	(2014:	£3.8	million)	predominantly	in	the	continued	
development	of	in-field	testing,	remote	diagnostics	and	development	of	Blancco	software.	Amortisation	of	internally	
generated	development	expenditure	is	£1.3	million	(2014:	£0.9	million)

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

99

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

19. Property, plant and equipment

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Plant and 
machinery
£’000

Computer 
equipment
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Cost
At 1 July 2013
Additions
On	acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2014
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2015

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2013
Charge	for	the	year
On	acquisitions
Disposals
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2014
Charge	for	the	year
Disposals
Exchange	movement
At 30 June 2015

4,344
581
137
—
(200)
4,862
588
(621)
—
(425)
4,404

2,472
461
121
—
(118)
2,936
461
(584)
(250)
2,563

8,508
872
410
(79)
(370)
9,341
364
(1,864)
1,141
(509)
8,473

7,382
332
383
(52)
(273)
7,772
146
(1,413)
(400)
6,105

5,478
891
422
(82)
(180)
6,529
752
(1,741)
—
(310)
5,230

4,823
532
311
(60)
(130)
5,476
663
(1,718)
(238)
4,183

Net book value at 30 June 2015

1,841

2,368

1,047

Net	book	value	at	30	June	2014
Net	book	value	at	30	June	2013

1,926
1,871

1,569
1,125

1,053
655

There	are	no	assets	held	under	finance	leases.

84
48
28
(39)
(14)
107
—
(15)
—
(5)
87

48
6
28
(32)
(5)
45
17
(9)
(5)
48

39

62
35

Total
£‘000

21,322
2,814
1,130
(235)
(897)
24,134
2,588
(4,451)
1,141
(1,504)
21,908

16,940
1,619
1,010
(158)
(618)
18,793
1,702
(3,877)
(1,065)
15,553

2,908
422
133
(35)
(133)
3,295
884
(210)
—
(255)
3,714

2,215
288
167
(14)
(92)
2,564
415
(153)
(172)
2,654

1,060

6,355

731
695

5,341
4,381

During	the	year,	there	was	a	reclassification	of	£1.1	million	from	Development	Expenditure	to	Plant	and	Machinery.	
This	relates	to	the	proportional	reclassification	of	the	capitalisation	of	the	continued	Oktra	development.

100

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS20. Investments 
The	Group’s	subsidiary	undertakings	and	investments	are	as	follows:

Principal activity of the company

Holding	Company
Holding	Company
Insurance	Intermediary
Dormant
Technical	repair	services
Holding	Company
Dormant

Company name
Held directly by the Company
Regenersis	Central	Services	Limited
Regenersis	(Depot)	Services	Limited
Regenersis	(Digital	Care)	Limited
Regenersis	(Glasgow)	Limited
Regenersis	(Glenrothes)	Limited
Regenersis	(IG)	Limited
Regenersis	Refurbishment	LLP
Regenersis	(SCS	Partnership)	Limited Holding	Company
Regenersis	(Software)	Services	Limited Holding	Company
Holding	Company
Regenersis	(Spain)	Limited
Holding	Company
Regenersis	(Sweden)	Limited
Trustee	for	the	Regenersis	Employee	Benefit	
Regenersis	TrustSub	Limited
Trust
Trustee	for	the	Regenersis	Employee	Benefit	
Trust
Regenersis	(Bucharest)	SRL*
Technical	repair	services
Regenersis	(South	Africa)	(PTY)	Limited Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Regenersis	Istanbul	Teknoloji	
Danısmanlıgı Limited Sirketi 
Regenersis	(Nederland)	BV

Regenersis	Trustees	Limited

Holding	company	

Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services	
Dormant	company
Non-trading	entity
Holding	Company
Technical	services
Holding	Company

Held indirectly by the company
HDM	Argentina*
Regenersis	Belgium	SPRL
Regenersis	(Czech)	s.r.o
Regenersis	(AIDL)	Limited
Regenersis	Distribution	Limited
Regenersis	Finance	Limited
Regenersis	Huntingdon	Limited
Regenersis	(Germany)	Limited
Regenersis	Mobile	Diagnostics	Limited Dormant
Regenersis	Finland	Acquisitions	Oy
Holding	Company
Regenersis	Finland	Oy
Holding	Company
Regenersis	GmbH
Technical	repair	services
Regenersis	Services	GmbH
Device	buy-back	and	repair
Xcaliber	Infotech	Private	Limited
Mobile	diagnostics
Regenersis	Mexico	S.A.de	C.V.*
Technical	repair	services
Regenersis	Cooperatife	WA
Holding	Company
Regenersis	Finance	BV
Holding	Company
Holding	Company
Regenersis	Finance	US	BV
Regenersis	(Software)	Netherlands	BV Holding	Company

Ownership 
percentage by  
the Group as at 
30 June 2015

Country of incorporation

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50%
100%

100%

100%
100%
100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
15%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
Scotland
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales

England	and	Wales

Romania
South	Africa
Turkey

Netherlands

Argentina
Belgium
Czech	Republic
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
England	and	Wales
Finland
Finland
Germany
Germany
India
Mexico
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

101

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Principal activity of the company
Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services

Insurance	Intermediary
Technical	repair	services

Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Insurance	intermediary
Technical	repair	services
Technical	repair	services
Holding	Company

Company name
Regenersis	(Portugal)	Limited
Regenersis	SC	Refurbishment	
(Bucharest)*
Regenersis	Rus	O.o.o*
Landela	Electronics	Pty	Limited
Regenersis	(Warsaw)	Sp.z.o.o.
Regenersis	(Sommerda)	GmbH
Regenersis	Digital	Care	Sp.	z.o.o.
Regenersis	Spain	1,	S.L.
Regenersis	Spain	2,	S.L.
Regenersis	(Spain)	Comanditaria	
Simple
Regenersis	Digital	Care	AB	(Sweden)
Regenersis	Inc
Regenersis	(Software)	Services	US	Inc Holding	Company
Holding	Company
Regenersis	Services	US	LLC
Holding	Company
Regenersis	Mobile	Diagnostics	Inc
Mobile	diagnostics
Xcaliber	Technologies	LLC	
Mobile	diagnostics
Xcaliber	IP	LLC	
Technical	repair	services
Regenersis	India	Limited**
Data	erasure
Blancco	Oy	Limited
Data	erasure	
Blancco	UK	Limited
Data	erasure
Blancco	Italy	SRL
Data	erasure
Blancco	France	SAS*
Data	erasure
Software	Blancco	S.A.	de	C.V.	Mx*
Data	erasure
Blancco	US	LLC
Data	erasure
Blancco	Central	Europe	GmbH*
Data	erasure
Blancco	Canada	Inc
Data	erasure
Blancco	SEA	Sdn	Bhd
Data	erasure
Blancco	Australasia	Pty	Limited
Data	erasure	
Blancco	Japan	Inc*
Data	erasure
Blancco	Sweden	SFO
Data	erasure
SafeIT	Security	Sweden	AB

Ownership 
percentage by  
the Group as at 
30 June 2015
100%
100%

Country of incorporation
Portugal
Romania

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
49%
49%
80%
100%
100%
100%
51%
51%
100%
100%
50%
100%
100%
51%
100%
100%

Russia
South	Africa
Poland
Germany
Poland
Spain
Spain
Spain

Sweden
United	States	of	America
United	States	of	America
United	States	of	America
United	States	of	America
United	States	of	America
United	States	of	America
India
Finland
England	and	Wales
Italy
France
Mexico
United	States	of	America
Germany
Canada
Malaysia
Australia
Japan
Sweden
Sweden

*	

**	

Year	end	date	is	31	December

Year	end	date	is	31	March

All	investments	are	in	the	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	subsidiaries.

All	subsidiaries	are	included	in	the	consolidated	results	of	the	Group.

102

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSInvestments in Part Owned Subsidiaries
Summarised	financial	information	relating	to	each	of	the	Group’s	subsidiaries	with	non-controlling	interests	(NCI)	that	
are	material	to	the	Group,	before	any	intra-group	eliminations	is	shown	below.	These	are	aggregated	because	they	are	
all	Blancco	sales	offices	performing	the	same	function	for	the	Group	in	different	jurisdictions:

Share	holdings
Current	assets
Non-current	assets
Current	liabilities
Non-current	liabilities
Net	Assets
Net	assets	attributable	to	NCI
Revenue
Profit	after	taxation
Profit	after	taxation	attributable	to	NCI

Blancco
2015
£’000

50-80%
2,426
206
(1,655)
(82)
895
238
7,507
(667)
(287)

Blancco
2014
£’000

50-80%
2,523
86
(1,043)
(78)
1,487
570
1,496
475
276

A	profit	after	tax	attributable	to	the	NCI	arose	in	the	prior	year	due	to	a	number	of	high	value	sales	between	the	date	
of	acquisition	and	the	year	end.	In	the	current	period,	the	deferral	of	subscription	revenue	has	been	greater	which	has	
resulted	in	a	net	loss	attributable	to	NCI.

Other Investments
On	1	July	2014,	the	Group	held	15%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	Xcaliber	Technologies	LLC	which	it	acquired	for	a	
consideration	of	US$1.2	million	(£0.75	million)	in	a	prior	period.	On	25	July	2014	the	Group	completed	the	acquisition	
of	an	additional	34%	of	the	issued	share	capital	for	a	consideration	of	$3.3	million	(£1.9	million)	bringing	the	Group’s	
share	to	49%.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

103

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our Financials 
	
Notes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

From	the	date	of	ownership	of	49%	of	the	share	capital,	the	Group	has	significant	influence	over	the	associate.	In	
accordance	with	IFRS	3,	Business	Combinations,	management	have	considered	whether	Regenersis	has	control	of	
the	Xcaliber,	which	included	assessment	of	the	following	factors:	

•	 Composition	of	the	Board	

•	 The	day	to	day	management	of	the	business

•	 Options	to	acquire	further	equity	in	the	business

Management	deemed	that	insufficient	criteria	were	met	to	demonstrate	that	the	Group	had	control	over	Xcaliber.	As	
a	result,	the	investment	is	treated	as	an	equity	accounted	associate,	with	the	Group	consolidating	its	share	of	profit	
of	loss	since	the	date	of	ownership	of	the	49%	stake.	This	is	done	through	one	line	on	the	Consolidated	Income	
Statement,	below	Group	Operating	Profit.

The	Groups’	share	of	associates’	assets,	liabilities,	income	and	expenses,	which	were	comprised	of	Regenersis	Rus	
Ooo	(Russia)		in	the	prior	year,	are	as	follows:

Current	assets
Current	liabilities
Non-current	assets
Non-current	liabilities
Net assets/(liabilities)
Group’s	share	of	net	assets	(49%)
Goodwill
Carrying amount of investment in associate
Income
Expense
Net expense of equity accounted investments
Group’s	share	of	revenue	(Xcaliber:	49%	(2014:	Russia:	50%))
Group’s	share	of	net	expense	(Xcaliber:	49%	(2014:	Russia:	50%))

The	reconciliation	of	total	investments	is	as	follows:

At	1	July
Transfer	of	carrying	value	on	recognition	of	significant	influence
Acquisition	of	investment
Disposal	of	investment
Retained	(loss)
Trade	and	other	receivables	eliminated	on	acquisition
At 30 June

Blancco ZAO
2015
£’000

Xcaliber US
2015
£’000

10
—
—
(10)
—
—
—

—
684
1,912
—
(746)
—
1,850

The	Group’s	investments	are	presented	in	the	following	captions	in	the	balance	sheet:

Equity	accounted	investments
Other	investments
Total

104

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

2015
Xcaliber US
£’000
491
(526)
694
—
659
323
1,527
1,850
277
(1,798)
(1,521)
136
(746)

Total
2015
£’000

10
684
1,912
(10)
(746)
—
1,850

2015
£‘000
1,850
61
1,911

2014
Russia
£’000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
892
(1,220)
(328)
446
(164)

Total
2014
£’000

185

10
—
(100)
(85)
10

2014
£‘000
10
745
755

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS 
	
 
Included	within	other	investments	is	the	investment	in	Xcaliber	India	Pvt	Limited,	representing	a	15%	ownership,	made	
during	the	prior	year.	

A	share	of	losses	of	associate	has	been	recorded	through	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement	for	the	year	ending		
30	June	2015	of	£0.7	million	(2014:	£nil).	The	loss	share	reflects	that	the	business	is	still	in	development	stage	and	is	
only	now	starting	to	gain	customers.

Other Investing Activities
On	16	April	2014,	the	Group	completed	the	acquisition	of	Blancco	Oy	and	stakes	in	its	international	sales	offices.	
This	included	a	20%	stake	in	Blancco	ZAO,	with	an	acquisition	book	value	of	£10,000.	During	the	current	year,	and	
within	the	12	month	hindsight	period,	management	has	revisited	the	carrying	value	of	this	investment	in	accordance	
with	IFRS	3	‘Business	Combinations’	and	determined	that	on	acquisition,	the	fair	value	of	this	investment	was	£1.	The	
revision	of	the	fair	value	is	a	result	of	the	sale	of	the	20%	stake	in	Blancco	ZAO	for	£1	to	a	third	party	on	9	April	2015.	
Since	Blancco	ZAO	has	not	traded	between	16	April	2014	and	9	April	2015,	management	has	deemed	the	carrying	
value	on	acquisition	equates	to	the	consideration	received	of	£1.

On	25	June	2015,	the	Group	disposed	of	its	20%	holding	in	Varsta	Software	Oy.	Varsta	was	acquired	as	an	associate	
through	the	acquisition	of	Blancco	Oy	and	its	subsidiaries	on	16	April	2014.	

21. Inventories

Raw	materials
Work	in	progress
Finished	goods

22. Trade and other receivables

Trade	receivables
Less:	provision	for	doubtful	trade	receivables
Trade	receivables	net	of	provision
Prepayments	and	accrued	income

A	reconciliation	of	the	movement	in	the	provision	for	doubtful	trade	receivables	is	as	follows:

At	1	July
Provision	created
Amounts	written	off	as	uncollectable
Amounts	recovered	during	the	year
Amounts	written	off	resulting	from	disposal	of	subsidiary
At 30 June

2015
£’000
7,214
515
1,751
9,480

2015
£’000
22,850
(204)
22,646
11,910
34,556

2015
£’000
534
75
(29)
(195)
(181)
204

2014
£’000
7,560
1,085
1,492
10,137

2014
£’000
26,652
(534)
26,118
11,624
37,742

2014
£’000
159
379
—
(4)
—
534

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

105

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

23. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

24. Trade and other payables

Trade	payables
Other	taxes	and	social	security
Other	payables
Accruals	and	deferred	income

25. Dividends

Previous	year	final
Current	year	interim	dividend

26. Bank borrowings

Due after more than one year:
Secured	bank	loan
Repayable:
In	the	first	to	second	years	inclusive
In	the	third	to	the	fifth	years	inclusive

2015
£’000
12,143

2015
£’000
14,795
1,786
4,444
19,446
40,471

2014
£’000
885
645
1,530

2015
£’000

4,357

4,357
—

2014
£’000
20,795

2014
£’000
15,562
535
7,070
21,163
44,330

2014
Pence 
per share
1.83
1.32
 3.15 

2014
£’000

194

—
194

2015
£’000
2,118
1,263
3,381

2015
Pence 
per share
2.68
1.65
 4.33

The	bank	borrowing	is	secured	on	the	majority	of	the	Group’s	assets	for	the	duration	of	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility.	
The	total	facility	available	to	the	Group	as	at	30	June	2015	totalled	£39.0	million	(2014:	£39.0	million),	of	which	£4.6	
million	(2014:	£0.5	million)	had	been	drawn	down	in	cash,	resulting	in	an	unutilised	facility	of	£34.4	million	(2014:	£38.5	
million).	Borrowing	costs	of	£0.3	million	(2014:	£0.5	million)	are	set-off	against	the	amount	owing	at	year	end.

In	September	2015,	the	Group	extended	the	term	of	its	banking	facility	with	HSBC	from	October	2016	to	October	
2019,	which	gives	Regenersis	clear	certainty	of	funding	over	the	next	four	years.

All	banking	covenants	have	been	satisfied	in	the	year	and	show	significant	headroom	for	the	foreseeable	future.

106

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS27. Net cash

Cash
Bank	borrowings	(non-current)

28. Reconciliation of movement in net cash

2015
£’000
12,143
(4,357)
7,786

2014
£’000
20,795
(194)
 20,601

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand
Borrowings	

29. Provisions

At 1 July 2014
Utilised	during	the	year
Unused	amounts	released
At 30 June 2015

Net cash at 
1 July 2014
£’000
20,795
(194)
20,601

Cash flow
£’000
(8,014)
—
(8,014)

Drawdown of 
borrowings
£’000 
—
(4,066)
(4,066)

Other non-
cash items
£’000
(638)
(97)
(735)

Net cash at 
30 June 2015
£’000
12,143
(4,357)
7,786

Onerous 
leases
£’000
2,958
(1,824)
(226)
908

Dilapidations
£’000
493
—
—
493

Total
£’000
3,451
(1,824)
(226)
1,401

Provisions	relate	to	a	period	of	between	one	and	five	years	and	are	analysed	between	current	and	non-current	as	
follows:

Current
Non-current

2015
£’000
372
1,029
1,401

Opening	provisions	relate	to	onerous	lease	and	dilapidation	provisions	relating	to	the	restructuring	in	Glasgow.	The	
remaining	provision	at	30	June	2015	covers	residual	lease	commitments	which	expire	between	2017	and	2019	in	
Glasgow.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

107

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

30. Financial instruments — risk management
Capital risk management
The	Group	manages	its	capital	to	ensure	that	entities	in	the	Group	will	be	able	to	continue	as	going	concerns	while	
maximising	return	for	stakeholders	through	the	optimisation	of	the	debt	and	equity	balance.

The	Group’s	capital	structure	is	as	follows:

Total	borrowings
Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Net	cash
Equity	holders	of	the	Company
Gearing	ratio	(net	debt	to	equity)

2015
£’000
(4,357)
12,143
7,786
122,428
—

2014
£’000
(194)
20,795
20,601
129,843
—

Debt	is	primarily	used	for	financing	acquisitions.

Under	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility	the	Group	is	subject	to	certain	financial	covenants	relating	to:

•	 Leverage	–	the	ratio	of	total	net	debt	to	EBITDA.

•	 Interest	cover	–	the	ratio	of	EBITDA	to	total	debt	costs.

•	 Capital	expenditure	–	any	obligation	treated	as	such	under	accounting	principles.

The	Group	has	complied	with	these	financial	covenants	in	the	year	and	future	forecasts	indicate	these	will	be	met	for	
the	foreseeable	future.

Categories of financial instruments
The	following	assets	and	liabilities	at	carrying	values	meet	the	definition	of	financial	instruments	and	are	classified	
according	to	the	following	categories.

Assets carried at amortised cost
Trade	and	other	receivables
Cash
Financial assets

Liabilities carried at amortised cost
Trade	and	other	payables
Income	tax	payable
Borrowings
Liabilities carried at fair value
Contingent	consideration
Financial liabilities

2015
£’000

34,556
12,143
46,699

2015
£’000

40,471
642
4,357

5,728
51,198

2014
£’000

37,742
20,795
58,537

2014
£’000

44,330
1,476
194

6,358
52,358

Estimation of fair values
The	table	above	analyses	financial	instruments	into	a	fair	value	hierarchy	based	on	the	valuation	technique	used	to	
determine	fair	value.	

108

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSLevel	1:	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities	

Level	2:	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	
directly	(i.e.	as	prices)	or	indirectly	(i.e.	derived	from	prices)

Level	3:	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data	(unobservable	inputs).

The	only	Level	3	instrument	is	contingent	consideration	liability	and	is	carried	at	fair	value	derived	using	a	Level	3	
valuation	method.	The	movement	in	the	fair	value	is	shown	below:	

At 30 June 2014
Created	on	acquisition
Unwinding	of	discount	factor	on	contingent	consideration
Revaluation	of	contingent	consideration
At 30 June 2015

Digicomp
£’000
2,425
—
398
—

2,823

HDM
£’000
3,933
—
364
(3,302)

995

Blancco 
Sweden
£’000
—
1,738
172
—

1,910

Total
£’000
6,358
1,738
934
(3,302)

5,728

The	contingent	consideration	payable	as	part	of	the	HDM	acquisition	in	2013	falls	due	in	September	2015,	and	has	
accordingly	£1.0	million	been	reclassified	from	non-current	liabilities	to	current	liabilities	at	30	June	2015.

Part	of	the	contingent	consideration	payable	for	the	Blancco	Sweden	acquisition	in	the	year	falls	due	in	March	2016	
and	accordingly	£0.7	million	has	been	reclassified	from	non-current	to	current	liabilities	at	30	June	2015.

All	other	payments	are	due	in	excess	of	12	months	from	the	balance	sheet	date.

The	fair	value	is	calculated	based	on	management’s	best	estimate	of	forecast	performance,	and	therefore	the	
valuation	is	most	sensitive	to	movements	in	forecast	EBIT.	A	10%	decrease	in	the	forecast	EBIT	of	the	respective	
subsidiaries	would	reduce	the	fair	value	by	£0.4	million.	

For	the	other	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities,	the	carrying	value	and	fair	value	are	considered	to	be	the	same	
with	the	following	assumptions:

For	trade	and	other	receivables/payables	with	a	remaining	life	of	less	than	one	year,	the	carrying	amount	is	deemed	
to	reflect	the	fair	value.	For	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	the	amount	reported	on	the	balance	sheet	approximates	to	
fair	value.	For	borrowing	at	floating	rates,	the	carrying	value	is	deemed	to	reflect	the	fair	value	as	it	is	considered	to	
represent	the	price	of	the	instrument	in	the	marketplace.

Financial risk management
The	main	risks	arising	from	the	Group’s	financial	instruments	were	market	risk	(including	foreign	currency	risks	and	
interest	rate	risk),	liquidity	risk	and	credit	risk.	The	Group	seeks	to	minimise	the	effects	of	these	risks	by	developing	
and	consistently	applying	Board	approved	policies	and	procedures.	Such	policies	and	procedures	are	regularly	
reviewed	for	their	appropriateness	and	effectiveness	to	deal	with	the	changing	nature	of	financial	risks.

Market risk - interest rate risk
The	Group	holds	cash	in	a	variety	of	currencies	within	the	business	units	in	order	to	meet	working	capital	
requirements.	

During	the	year,	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility	attracted	margins	of	between	2.00%	and	2.75%	above	LIBOR	(for	GBP	
and	ZAR	amounts	drawn	down)	and	between	2.00%	and	2.75%	above	EURIBOR	(for	EUR	amounts	drawn	down)	
depending	on	the	ratio	of	EBITDA	to	net	debt.	In	the	prior	year,	the	margin	also	ranged	from	2.00%	to	2.75%,	also	
depending	on	the	ratio	of	EBITDA	to	net	debt.	The	undrawn	part	of	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility	is	subject	to	a	charge	
during	its	availability	computed	at	40%	of	margin.	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

109

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

A	change	in	the	LIBOR	rate	of	1%	would	increase/decrease	the	annual	interest	charge	on	the	GBP/ZAR	Revolving	
Credit	Facility	drawn	down	as	at	30	June	2015	of	£3,400,000	(2014:	£500,000)	by	£34,000	(2014:	£5,000).  	

A	change	in	the	EURIBOR	rate	of	1%	would	increase/decrease	the	annual	interest	charge	on	the	revolving	credit	
facility	drawn	down	as	at	30	June	2015	of	£1,000,000	(2014:	£nil)	by	£10,000	(2014:	£nil).  	 

The	CFO	continues	to	monitor	the	exposure	to	interest	rate	risk	and	the	requirement	to	use	an	interest	rate	swap	
agreement	or	other	financial	instruments.

Foreign currency risk
One	of	the	risks	that	the	Group	faces	in	doing	business	in	overseas	markets	is	currency	fluctuations.	The	Group	takes	
the	following	approach	to	managing	currency	fluctuations:

•	 The	CFO	conducts	a	quarterly	review	of	the	Group’s	currency	hedging	activities.	

•	 A	formal	recommendation	for	any	changes	is	then	made	to	the	Board	once	every	half	year.	

The	Group’s	hedging	policy	is	the	responsibility	of	the	Board.	The	Group	adopts	the	following	hedging	activities:

•	 We	undertake	a	limited	number	of	forward	contracts	for	certain	payments	and	receipts,	where	the	amounts	are	
large,	are	not	denominated	in	the	local	country’s	functional	currency,	where	the	timing	is	known	in	advance,	and	
where	the	amount	can	be	predicted	with	certainty.	

•	 We	undertake	natural	hedging	between	the	cash	and	loan	balances	of	different	currencies.

•	 We	undertake	natural	hedging	by	structuring	and	paying	future	earn-outs	on	acquisitions	in	the	target	company’s	

local	currency.	

•	 We	do	not	undertake	any	other	hedging	activities	in	respect	of	tangible	and	intangible	fixed	assets,	working	capital	
such	as	stock,	debtors,	or	creditors,	or	other	balance	sheet	items,	as	these	are	generally	small	in	nature	in	any	
one	individual	country.	We	do	not	undertake	any	cash	flow	or	profit	hedging	activities	to	insulate	from	currency	
movements	in	respect	of	overseas	earnings,	as	the	earnings	cannot	be	assessed	with	any	high	degree	of	accuracy	
in	terms	of	timings	and	amounts.	

The	Group	has	a	good	mix	of	business	across	22	different	territories	and	this	does	provide	some	degree	of	smoothing	
of	currency	movements	in	any	one	country	through	a	portfolio	effect.	Over	the	last	few	periods	this	has	resulted	in	a	
sensible	and	well	managed	position.	

The	table	below	shows	the	extent	to	which	the	Group	had	significant	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	
currencies	other	than	the	local	currency	of	the	company	in	which	they	are	recorded.

Monetary	assets
Monetary	liabilities
Net monetary (liabilities)/assets 

ZAR denominated

Euro denominated

USD denominated

2015 
£’000
—
(359)
(359)

2014
£’000
—
(3,835)
(3,835)

2015
£’000
5,198
(2,364)
2,834

2014
£’000
7,189
(8,757)
(1,568)

2015
£’000
2,677
(3,062)
(385)

2014
£’000
3,359
	(3,640)
(281)

110

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSSensitivity analysis
This	quantifies	the	impact	of	change	in	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	a	currency	other	than	the	
functional	currency	of	that	business	unit.	A	10%	appreciation/depreciation	of	the	South	African	Rand,	the	Euro	and	
the	US	Dollar	against	the	Sterling,	applied	to	the	net	exposures	as	at	30	June,	would	give	rise	to	the	following	gain/
(loss)	in	the	retranslation	of	these	balances:

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	–	gain/(loss)
10%	appreciation	of	ZAR/Euro/USD
10%	depreciation	of	ZAR/Euro/USD

ZAR	denominated

Euro	denominated

USD	denominated

2015
£’000

(4)
4

2014
£’000

(384)
384

2015
£’000

283
(283)

2014
£’000

(157)
157

2015
£’000

(39)
39

2014
£’000

(28)
28

The	analysis	has	been	performed	using	the	Group	exchange	rates	at	the	30	June	2015	reporting	date	of	19.24	ZAR/£	
(2014:	18.06);	1.41	€/£	(2014:	1.25	€/£);	and	1.57	US$/£	(2014:	1.70	US$/£).The	Group	is	exposed	to	fluctuations	in	
exchange	rates	on	the	translation	of	net	assets	and	profits	earned	by	its	subsidiaries	in	Argentina,	Australia,	Belgium,	
Canada,	the	Czech	Republic,	Finland,	France,	Germany,	India,	Italy,	Japan,	Malaysia,	Mexico,	the	Netherlands,	
Poland,	Portugal,	Romania,	Russia,	South	Africa,	Spain,	Sweden,	Turkey,	and	the	USA.	These	profits	are	translated	
at	the	prior	month	closing	exchange	rate	during	the	year,	which	is	an	approximation	to	the	rates	at	the	date	of	the	
transaction.

Credit risk
The	top	ten	customers	(all	of	which	are	major	international	businesses)	account	for	66.5%	(2014:	71.2%)	of	the	
Group’s	revenue	and	hence	there	is	some	customer	reliance	risk	although	the	biggest	single	customer	is	13.7%	
(2014:	14.3%)	of	revenue	and	is	spread	over	many	of	our	countries	and	several	contracts.	This	is	distinct	from	credit	
risk.	

At	the	balance	sheet	date	one	customer	made	up	of	several	contracts	amounted	to	17%	(2014:	13%)	of	the	Group’s	
total	trade	receivables	and	accrued	income	balances.	Over	the	past	year	the	ageing	profile	has	remained	strong	and,	
as	at	the	year	end,	85%	(2014:	80%)	of	our	trade	receivables	balances	were	in	terms	and	therefore	the	Board	believes	
these	balances	do	not	present	a	significant	credit	risk	which	could	lead	to	a	loss	for	the	Group.

Ageing	of	trade	receivables,	net	of	impaired	balances,	is	as	follows:

Neither past due nor impaired
Past due but not impaired
Less	than	30	days	overdue
30	to	60	days	overdue
More	than	60	days	overdue

2015
£’000
19,151

2,498
640
357
22,646

2015
%
85%

11%
3%
1%
100%

2014
£’000
20,889

2,969
1,092
1,168
26,118

2014
%
80%

11%
4%
5%
100%

The	average	credit	period	taken	on	sales	has	improved	to	55	days	(2014:	64	days).

The	Group	has	provided	for	specific	trade	receivables	where	the	recoverability	is	uncertain.	As	at	30	June	2015	the	
doubtful	debtors	balance	was	£204,000	(2014:	£534,000),	of	which	£30,000	(2014:	£37,000)	was	more	than	60	days	
overdue.	The	Board	believes	there	is	no	further	provision	required	in	excess	of	the	allowance	for	doubtful	debts.

Receivables	are	written	off	against	the	impairment	provision	when	management	considers	the	debt	is	no		
longer	recoverable.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

111

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Liquidity risk
The	Group	ensures	that	there	are	sufficient	levels	of	committed	facility,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	to	ensure	that	the	
Group	is	at	all	times	able	to	meet	its	financial	commitments.

The	total	facility	available	to	the	Group	as	at	30	June	2015	totalled	£39.0	million	(2014:	£39.0	million),	of	which		
£4.6	million	(2014:	£0.5	million)	had	been	drawn	down	in	cash,	resulting	in	an	unutilised	facility	of	£34.4	million	(2014:	
£38.5	million).	

The	table	below	summarises	the	contractual	maturity	profile	of	the	Group’s	financial	liabilities:

Trade	and	other	payables
Income	tax	payable
Provisions
Bank	borrowings

31. Deferred tax assets

Property,	plant	and	equipment
Intangible	assets
Short-term	timing	differences
Tax	losses

Property,	plant	and	equipment
Intangible	assets
Short-term	timing	differences
Tax	losses

2015
Effective 
interest rate 
(%)
—
—
5.0
2.5
—

2015
Less than one 
year
£’000
40,471
642
372
—
41,485

2015
One to five 
years 
£’000
—
—
1,029
4,357
5,386

2014
Effective 
interest rate 
(%)
—
—
5.0
2.5
—

2014
Less than one 
year
£’000
44,330
1,476
645
—
46,451

2014
One to five 
years 
£’000
—
—
2,805
194
2,999

At 1 July
 2014
£’000
1,304
(4,345)
3,029
1,194
1,182

At 1 July 
2013
£’000
1,093
—
2,046
308
3,447

Recognised 
in the income 
statement
£’000
(209)
111
(1,423)
872
(649)

Recognised in 
the income 
statement
£’000
204
—
(276)
883
811

Recognised 
upon 
acquisition 
£’000
—
—
7
—
7

Recognised
Upon
acquisition
£’000
7
(4,427)
954
—
(3,466)

Exchange
£’000
—
6
74
2
82

Exchange
£’000
—
82
305
3
390

At 30 June 
2015
£’000
1,095
(4,228)
1,687
2,068
622

At 30 June 
2014
£’000
1,304
(4,345)
3,029
1,194
1,182

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	they	are	considered	recoverable	against	the	future	profits	of	the	
Group.	No	deferred	tax	asset	has	been	recognised	in	relation	to	taxation	on	UK	losses	amounting	to		
£1.2	million	(2014:	£2.7	million).

Certain	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	offset	to	the	extent	permitted	by	IAS	12.	The	deferred		
tax	asset	balance	as	at	30	June	2015	is	made	up	of	a	UK	deferred	tax	asset	balance	of	£2.5	million	(2014:		
£0.9	million)	and	an	overseas	balance	of	£2.9	million	(2014:	£1.5	million).

112

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS32. Called up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Ordinary	shares	of	2p

2015
Number of 
shares

2015
£’000

2014
Number of 
shares

2014
£’000

79,022,599

1,581

79,022,599

	1,581

The	Company	has	one	class	of	ordinary	shares,	which	carry	no	rights	to	fixed	income.	The	holders	of	ordinary	shares	
are	entitled	to	receive	dividends	as	declared	and	are	entitled	to	one	vote	per	share	at	meetings	of	the	Company.

Share premium
This	arises	on	issue	of	the	Company’s	shares	over	and	above	the	nominal	value	of	the	shares,	less	any	expenses	of	
issue	incurred	in	issuing	equity.

Movements	within	share	premium	this	year	relate	primarily	to	the	transfer	to	retained	earnings	of	£70	million	following	
High	Court	approval	of	this	capital	conversion	on	17	December	2014.

Merger reserve
The	merger	reserve	arises	in	respect	of	the	premium	arising	on	the	ordinary	shares	issued	as	consideration	for	the	
acquisition	of	shares	in	another	company.

Translation reserve
The	translation	reserve	comprises	all	foreign	currency	differences	arising	from	the	translation	of	the	financial	
statements	of	foreign	operations.

Employee Benefit Trust (EBT)
Of	the	issued	share	capital	at	30	June	2015,	2,467,394	(30	June	2014:	853,497)	shares	are	held	by	the	Employee	
Benefit	Trust.	

During	the	year,	following	a	recommendation	by	the	Company	and	with	the	intention	that	they	could	be	used	to	satisfy	
employee	share	option	awards	in	the	future,	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	purchased	a	total	of	1,650,000	shares,	by	
way	of	the	purchase:

•	 800,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	230.8	pence	per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£1.8	million,	on		

14	January	2015;	

•	 200,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	241.5	pence	per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£0.5	million,	on		

16	January	2015;	

•	 150,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	200.0	pence	per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£0.3	million,	on		

19	March	2015;	and

•	 500,000	shares,	at	an	average	price	of	205.0	pence	per	share	and	at	a	total	price	of	£1.0	million,	on		

26	March	2015.

During	the	year	38,499	shares	held	by	the	EBT	were	used	to	settle	awards	under	the	historic	Performance	Share	Plan.	
The	plan	was	fully	vested	in	the	prior	year,	however	some	awards	were	only	exercised	in	the	current	year.	The	scheme	
is	closed	to	new	members.

Outstanding	options	have	been	granted	to	the	Directors	and	employees	of	the	Group	under	the	Incentive	Share	Plans	
over	shares	in	Regenersis	Plc.		Further	details	of	these	are	included	within	note	33.	Details	of	the	share	plans	and	
share	options	held	by	Directors	are	included	in	the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

113

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

33. Share-based payments
The	Group	has	implemented	long-term	incentive	arrangements	for	its	senior	management	and	Directors	in	order	to	align	
their	interests	to	those	of	the	shareholders.	The	following	incentive	plans	were	in	place	during	the	current	financial	year:

•	 Incentive	Share	Plan	(ISP1)

•	 Incentive	Share	Plan	(ISP3)

•	 Depot	Incentive	Share	Plan

•	 Digital	Care	Incentive	Share	Plan

•	 Software	Incentive	Share	Plan

On	30	June	2015,	the	Company	cancelled/modified	the	existing	long-term	incentive	schemes	for	certain	senior	
management	staff,	in	order	to	better	align	the	performance	incentives	for	their	particular	roles.	This	was	achieved	by	
implementing	new	incentive	plans	that	are	specific	to	the	operating	segments	in	which	those	employees	are	engaged,	
notably	the	Depot	and	Software	segments.	An	additional	scheme	for	the	Digital	Care	businesses	was	implemented	
since	the	product	is	at	an	earlier	stage	of	its	life	cycle	than	the	Depot	repair	business,	and	the	growth	incentives	have	
been	tailored	accordingly.

All	of	the	awards	under	Incentive	Share	Plan	(ISP2)	were	exercised	in	the	previous	financial	year.

Incentive Share Plan (ISP3)
On	14	January	2014,	the	Company	established	the	Regenersis	Incentive	Share	Plan	(“ISP3”)	to	incentivise	
management	to	achieve	further	shareholder	value	growth.	The	terms	of	this	scheme	were	disclosed	in	the	financial	
statements	for	the	year	to	30	June	2014.

No	awards	have	vested	during	the	current	year	since	none	of	the	performance	targets	have	been	met.

Certain	members	of	the	ISP3	scheme	have	not	met	the	ongoing	employment	obligations	of	the	scheme	and	their	
awards	have	lapsed.	In	addition,	some	members	were	transferred	onto	one	of	the	new	divisional	LTIP	schemes	
effective	from	30	June	2015	and	are	no	longer	eligible	to	awards	under	this	scheme.	Following	these	amendments,	
awards	in	respect	of	2.7%	of	the	increase	in	shareholder	value	lapsed	or	were	cancelled.

The	Executive	Directors	are	the	only	participating	members	of	this	scheme	as	at	30	June	2015.	

The	grants	in	respect	of	Jog	Dhody	and	Hanover	General	Partners	II	L.P.	remain	at	1.25%	and	7.0%	respectively	
(2014:	1.25%	and	7.0%).

114

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSIncentive Share Plan (ISP2)
On	14	March	2013,	the	Company	established	ISP2.	On	14	January	2014,	all	of	the	awards	granted	under	ISP2	(in	
respect	of	11.66%	of	the	increase	in	shareholder	value)	vested	and	were	exercised.	

All	of	the	awards	under	Incentive	Share	Plan	(ISP2)	were	exercised	in	the	previous	financial	year.

Incentive Share Plan (ISP1)
On	1	July	2011,	the	Company	established	the	Regenersis	Incentive	Share	Plan	(“ISP1”)	for	the	senior	management	
team	including	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP.	The	terms	of	this	scheme	were	disclosed	in	the	financial	
statements	for	the	year	to	30	June	2013.

On	22	February	2013,	the	performance	target	was	met	and	all	of	the	awards	under	ISP1	(representing	11.85%	of	the	
increase	in	shareholder	value)	became	available	for	vesting.	No	awards	were	exercised	during	the	year	and	as	at	30	
June	2015	outstanding	awards	in	respect	of	0.4%	of	the	increase	in	shareholder	value	had	not	yet	been	exercised.	

At	30	June	2015,	the	outstanding	liability	of	£248,000	was	included	in	accruals	and	deferred	income	in	respect	of	the	
outstanding	awards	under	ISP1.

Liability	brought	forward	30	June	2014	
Revaluation	of	liability
Liability remaining at 30 June 2015

£’000
	421	
(173)
248

Depot Incentive Share Plan
On	30	June	2015,	the	Company	established	the	Depot	Incentive	Share	Plan	to	incentivise	management	of	the	Depot	
Solutions	division	to	achieve	further	shareholder	value	growth.	This	plan	was	established	for	the	senior	management	of	
the	Depot	Solutions	Division	only.	The	Executive	Directors	of	the	Group	are	not	eligible	to	participate	in	this	scheme.

Under	this	plan,	employees,	at	the	discretion	of	the	Company	were	granted	rights	to	acquire	a	share	of	the	growth	in	
the	value	of	the	division,	subject	to	continuing	employment.	The	value	growth	is	determined	from	the	date	of	the	grant	
of	the	award	and	is	calculated	using	a	pre-determined	HOP	multiple	to	give	a	base	value	of	the	division.

The	performance	period	runs	for	three	years	after	the	date	of	grant,	with	vesting	of	awards	taking	place	at	each	
anniversary.	At	each	vesting	period,	the	increase	in	value	of	the	division	will	be	based	on	a	pre-determined	last	12	
months	HOP	multiple.

At	the	end	of	the	performance	period,	the	Remuneration	Committee	will	determine	the	increase	in	division	value	over	
the	three	year	period	and	recommend	a	final	payout.

The	value	of	the	share	of	growth	will	be	settled	by	the	issuing	of	shares	in	Regenersis	Plc	at	par.

As	at	30	June	2015,	awards	had	been	granted	in	respect	of	1.5%	of	the	increase	in	value	of	the	Division.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

115

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

Digital Care Incentive Share Plan
On	30	June	2015,	the	Company	established	the	Digital	Care	LTIP	to	incentivise	management	of	the	Depot	business	
to	achieve	further	shareholder	value	growth.	This	plan	was	established	for	the	senior	management	of	the	Digital	Care	
business	only.	The	Executive	Directors	of	the	Group	are	not	eligible	to	participate	in	this	scheme.

Under	this	plan,	employees,	at	the	discretion	of	the	Company	were	granted	rights	to	acquire	a	share	of	the	growth	in	
the	value	of	the	division,	subject	to	continuing	employment.	The	value	growth	is	determined	from	the	date	of	the	grant	
of	the	award	and	is	calculated	using	a	pre-determined	HOP	multiple	to	give	a	base	value	of	the	division.

The	performance	period	runs	for	three	years	after	the	date	of	grant,	with	vesting	of	awards	taking	place	at	each	
anniversary.	At	each	vesting	period,	the	increase	in	value	of	the	division	will	be	based	on	a	pre-determined	last	12	
months	HOP	multiple.

At	the	end	of	the	performance	period,	the	Remuneration	Committee	will	determine	the	increase	in	division	value	over	
the	three	year	period	and	recommend	a	final	pay-out.

The	value	of	the	share	of	growth	will	be	settled	by	the	issuing	of	shares	in	Regenersis	Plc	at	par.

As	at	30	June	2015,	awards	had	been	granted	in	respect	of	10%	of	the	increase	in	value.

Software Incentive Share Plan
On	30	June	2015,	the	Company	established	the	Software	LTIP	to	incentivise	management	of	the	Software	business	to	
achieve	further	shareholder	value	growth.	The	Executive	Directors	are	not	eligible	to	participate	in	this	scheme.

The	pay-out	in	respect	of	this	scheme	is	dependent	on	the	performance	of	the	Software	business,	which	is	externally	
valued.	As	at	30	June	2015,	no	awards	have	been	granted	in	respect	of	the	Software	LTIP

Performance Share Plan
The	Company	had	historically	operated	a	Performance	Share	Plan	(‘‘PSP’’)	in	which	members	of	senior	management	
(excluding	the	Directors)	were	able	to	acquire	shares	at	no	cost,	if	certain	performance	criteria	were	achieved	over	a	
three	year	period.

On	1	July	2013,	these	performance	criteria	were	achieved	and	awards	were	made	to	two	employees.	The	awards	
were	settled	by:	transferring	88,666	existing	shares	from	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(EBT)	and	reserving	51,332	
existing	shares	from	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	(EBT)	for	future	transfer	by	7	April	2016.	

Of	these	shares,	38,499	were	sold	during	the	current	year	at	an	average	price	of	209	pence,	resulting	in	cash	
payments	to	the	employees	totalling	£80,335.

At	30	June	2015	the	total	dilution	to	existing	shareholders,	from	the	exercise	of	the	awards	during	the	financial	year,	
was	nil.	This	scheme	is	now	closed	and	only	the	reserved	shares	noted	above	which	total	12,833	remain	unsettled.	

116

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSThe	fair	values	for	the	above	options	were	calculated	using	the	inputs	and	pricing	models	outlined	in	the	table	below:

Date	of	grant

Option	pricing	model	used
Fair	value	of	options	granted	(per	share)	
at	date	of	grant
Expected	volatility
Risk	free	interest	rate
Exercise	price	(per	share)
Expected	dividends
Expected	term	(years)
Expected	departures
Settlement

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
1	November	
2013
Monte	Carlo
23.0p

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
23	September	
2013
Monte	Carlo
26.0p

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
14	June	
2013
Monte	Carlo
30.5p

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
6	May	
2013
Monte	Carlo
30.3p

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
25	April	
2013
Monte	Carlo
30.7p

Incentive 
Share Plan 2
14	March	
2013
Monte	Carlo
31.1p

27%

30%

27%

30%

30%
0.3%—1.4% 0.3%	—	1.7% 0.3%	—	1.3% 0.2%—0.9% 0.2%—0.8% 0.1%	—	1.0%
2.0p
—
3.0
—
Equity

2.0p
—
2.8
—
Equity

2.0p
—
2.9
—
Equity

2.0p
—
2.9
—
Equity

2.0p
—
2.5
—
Equity

2.0p
—
2.4
—
Equity

30%

Date	of	grant

Option	pricing	model	used
Fair	value	of	options	granted	(per	share)	at	date	of	grant
Expected	volatility
Risk	free	interest	rate
Exercise	price	(per	share)
Expected	dividends
Expected	term	(years)
Expected	departures
Settlement

30	June	
2015

Digital Care ISP Digital Care ISP
30	June	
2015

Software ISP
30	June	
2015
Black	Scholes Black	Scholes Black	Scholes
20.0p
27%

20.0p
27%
2%
2.0p
—
3
—
Equity

20.0p
27%
2%
2.0p
—
3
—
Equity

Incentive 
Incentive 
Share Plan 3
Share Plan 3
14	January	
31	January	
2014
2014
Monte	Carlo
Monte	Carlo
44.1p
43.2p
27%
27%
2% 0.3%	—	2.2% 0.3%—2.4%
2.0p
2.0p
—
—
3.0
2.8
—
—
Equity
Equity

2.0p
—
3
—
Equity

Total	expense	recognised	in	the	income	statement	for	each	of	the	schemes	and	disclosed	on	the	face	on	the	income	
statement	was	as	follows:

Performance	Share	Plan
Incentive	Share	Plans
Phantom	Share	Scheme

2015
£’000
—
531
—
531

2014
£’000
(71)
670
59
658

There	is	no	charge	in	the	year	for	the	divisional	schemes	as	they	were	introduced	on	30	June	2015.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

117

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

34. Commitments

Minimum	lease	payments	under	operating	leases	recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	year:

2015
£’000
3,967

2014
£’000
4,090

The	Group	has	outstanding	commitments	for	total	future	minimum	lease	payments	under	non-cancellable	operating	
leases,	which	fall	due	as	follows:

Not	less	than	one	year
Later	than	one	year	and	not	later	than	five	years
Later	than	five	years

2015
£’000
4,132
6,498
23
10,653

2014
£’000
3,720
6,367
467
10,554

The	majority	of	the	leases	which	the	Group	has	entered	into	relate	to	land	and	buildings	with	terms	ranging	from	three	
months	to	five	years.	

35. Subsequent Events
Banking facility
In	September	2015,	the	Group	extended	the	term	of	its	banking	facility	with	HSBC	from	October	2016	to	October	
2019,	which	gives	Regenersis	clear	certainty	of	funding	over	the	next	four	years.	The	costs	of	borrowing	have	fallen	
and	the	covenants	remain	unchanged.

All	banking	covenants	have	been	passed	and	show	significant	headroom	for	the	foreseeable	future.

Acquisition of Tabernus
In	September	2015,	Regenersis	acquired	100%	of	the	share	capital	of	Tabernus	LLC	and	Tabernus	Europe	Limited,	
a	privately	owned	provider	of	software	erasure	with	the	majority	of	its	revenue	in	the	USA.	The	consideration	was	$12	
million	(£7.6	million)	comprising	cash	payment	of	$10	million	(£6.3	million)	funded	through	the	Group	revolver	facility	
and	a	maximum	of	$2	million	(£1.3	million)	in	deferred	contingent	consideration	payable	after	two	years.

Fair	value	calculations	for	this	acquisition	have	not	been	completed	due	to	the	proximity	of	the	acquisition	to	the	
published	date	of	the	accounts	and	as	such	has	not	been	disclosed.

118

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS36. Related party transactions
Transactions	between	Regenersis	plc	and	its	100%	subsidiaries,	which	are	related	parties,	have	been	eliminated	on	
consolidation.	No	disclosure	of	these	transactions	is	required	under	IAS	24.

Matthew	Peacock,	Executive	Chairman,	and	Tom	Russell,	Non-executive	Director,	are	associated	with	Hanover	
Investors	Management	LLP,	and	a	fee	is	charged	for	their	services	as	Executive	Directors	which	is	disclosed	in	the	
Directors’	Remuneration	Report.	

They	also	have	an	indirect	beneficial	interest	in	the	shares	of	the	Group.	At	30	June	2015,	the	combined	holding	
of	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP	and	its	connected	parties	is	5,217,651	(2014:	5,043,651)	ordinary	shares	
equating	to	6.60%	(2014:	6.38%)	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company.

All	transactions	with	Directors	are	included	in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64	and	also	in	the	
key	management	personnel	disclosures	in	note	9.

During	the	year	fees	amounting	to	£540,000	were	paid	for	acquisition-related	services	provided	by	Hanover	Investors	
Management	LLP	or	its	connected	parties	(2014:	£790,000).	At	30	June	2015,	£290,000	was	outstanding	in	relation	
to	these	services	(2014:	£574,000).

Property	lease	costs	of	£188,000	(2014:	£nil)	were	recharged	to	Hanover	Investors	Management	LLP	in	the	year,	of	
which	£nil	was	outstanding	at	the	year	end	(2014:	£nil).	

Management	charges	totalling	£430,000	(2014:	£300,000)	were	recharged	to	Xcaliber	during	the	year,	of	which	
£430,000	(2014:	£300,000)	was	still	owed	at	the	year	end.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

119

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our Financials120

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

Company Balance Sheet

as at 30 June 2015

Assets
Fixed assets
Goodwill
Tangible	assets
Investments	in	subsidiaries

Current assets
Debtors
Cash

Creditors:
Amounts	falling	due	within	one	year
Provisions
Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors:
Amounts	falling	due	after	more	than	one	year
Provisions
Amounts falling due after more than one year
Net assets
Equity
Ordinary	share	capital
Share	premium
Merger	reserve
Profit	and	loss	account
Equity shareholders’ funds

Note

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

4
5
6

7

9
12

10
12

15
16
16
16

4,389
91
25,248
29,728

110,692
—
110,692

(12,024)
(372)
98,296
128,024

(4,335)
(1,029)
(5,364)
122,660

1,581
51,737
4,034
65,308
122,660

5,232
903
42,292
48,427

78,453
11,089
89,542

(5,195)
(645)
83,702
132,129

(19)
(1,268)
(1,287)
130,842

1,581
121,737
4,034
3,490
130,842

The	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	21	September	2015.

They	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by:	

Matthew Peacock 
Executive Chairman 

Company	number:	05113820

Jog Dhody 
Chief Financial Officer 

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

121

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Company Accounts

for the year ended 30 June 2015

1. Basis of preparation
The	Financial	Statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	and	in	accordance	with	applicable	
accounting	standards	in	the	United	Kingdom,	which	have	been	applied	on	a	consistent	basis,	and	on	a	going	concern	
basis.

Under	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	the	Company	is	exempt	from	the	requirement	to	present	its	own	profit	
and	loss	account.

2. Accounting policies
The	significant	accounting	policies	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	Company	financial	statements	are	as	follows:

2.1 Going concern
As	highlighted	in	note	26	to	the	Group’s	Financial	Statements,	the	Group	meets	its	day	to	day	working	capital	
requirements	through	its	cash	reserves	and	a	Revolving	Credit	Facility	which,	in	September	2015,	was	extended	until	
October	2019.

Further	information	on	the	Group’s	business	activities,	together	with	the	factors	likely	to	affect	its	future	development,	
performance	and	position	is	set	out	in	the	Business	and	Financial	Review	on	pages	22	to	29.	Further	information	on	
the	financial	position	of	the	Group,	its	cash	flow,	liquidity	position	and	borrowing	facility	is	described	in	this	review.

In	addition,	note	30	to	the	Group’s	financial	statements	includes	the	Group’s	objectives,	policies	and	processes	for	
managing	its	capital;	and	its	exposures	to	credit	risk	and	liquidity	risk.

The	Group’s	forecasts	and	projections,	taking	account	of	reasonably	possible	changes	in	trading	performance,	show	
that	the	Group	should	be	able	to	operate	within	the	level	of	its	cash	reserves	and	credit	facility.

After	making	enquiries,	the	Board	have	a	reasonable	expectation	that	the	Company	and	the	Group	have	adequate	
resources	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.	Accordingly,	they	continue	to	adopt	the	going	
concern	basis	in	preparing	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts.

2.2 Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill	is	calculated	as	the	excess	of	the	fair	value	of	the	purchase	consideration	over	the	fair	value	attributable	to	
the	separately	identifiable	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	acquired	business.	Goodwill	is	capitalised	on	acquisition	and	
amortised	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	its	estimated	useful	economic	life.	The	life	is	determined	after	taking	account	
of	the	nature	of	the	business	acquired	and	the	nature	of	the	markets	in	which	it	operates,	and	is	typically	between	five	
and	20	years.

2.3 Impairment
Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets	are	reviewed	for	impairment	at	the	end	of	the	first	full	financial	year	following	
acquisition	and,	together	with	tangible	fixed	assets,	in	other	periods	if	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	
that	the	carrying	value	may	not	be	recoverable.

122

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSThe	impairment	review	is	performed	by	comparing	the	carrying	value	of	the	asset	or	group	of	assets,	with	the	
recoverable	amount.	The	recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	net	realisable	value	and	the	asset’s	value	in	use,	which	
is	estimated	by	calculating	the	present	value	of	its	future	cash	flow.	Impairment	charges	are	recognised	in	the	profit	
and	loss	account	to	the	extent	that	the	carrying	value	exceeds	the	recoverable	amount	in	the	periods	in	which	the	
impairment	is	identified.

2.4 Tangible fixed assets and depreciation
Tangible	fixed	assets	are	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation.	Depreciation	is	provided	at	rates	calculated	
to	write	off	the	cost	less	residual	value	of	each	asset	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	the	asset’s	estimated	useful	life	as	
follows:

Leasehold	improvement —	over	the	period	of	the	lease	or	life	of	the	improvements	if	less
Computer	equipment
Fixtures	and	fittings

—	33%	per	annum
—	16%–50%	per	annum

2.5 Investments
Investments	are	stated	in	the	balance	sheet	of	the	Company	at	cost	less	amounts	written	off.	Amounts	denominated	
in	foreign	currency	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	historical	exchange	rates.	Other	investments	are	stated	in	the	
Company	and	Group	balance	sheets	at	cost	less	amounts	written	off.

2.6 Stock and work in progress
Stock	and	work	in	progress	is	stated	at	the	lower	of	cost	and	net	realisable	value.	Cost	includes	all	direct	expenditure	
and	an	appropriate	proportion	of	attributable	overheads	that	have	been	incurred	in	bringing	the	stock	and	work	in	
progress	to	their	present	location	and	condition.	Net	realisable	value	represents	the	estimated	selling	price	less	all	
estimated	costs	to	be	incurred	in	marketing,	selling	and	distribution.	The	amount	of	any	write	down	of	inventories	to	
net	realisable	value	is	recognised	as	an	expense	in	the	year	in	which	the	write	down	occurs.

2.7 Deferred taxation
Deferred	tax	is	recognised	in	respect	of	all	timing	differences	which	have	originated	but	not	reversed	at	the	balance	
sheet	date	where	transactions	or	events	which	result	in	an	obligation	to	pay	more	tax	in	the	future	or	a	right	to	pay	less	
tax	in	the	future	have	occurred	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Timing	differences	are	differences	between	the	Company’s	
taxable	profits	and	its	results	as	stated	in	these	financial	statements.

Deferred	tax	is	recognised	in	respect	of	the	retained	earnings	of	overseas	subsidiaries	only	to	the	extent	that,	at	the	
balance	sheet	date,	dividends	have	been	accrued	as	receivable	or	a	binding	agreement	to	distribute	past	earnings	in	
the	future	has	been	entered	into	by	the	subsidiary.

Deferred	tax	is	measured	at	the	average	tax	rates	which	are	expected	to	apply	in	the	periods	in	which	timing	
differences	are	expected	to	reverse,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	which	have	been	enacted	or	substantially	enacted	
by	the	balance	sheet	date.	Deferred	tax	is	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis.

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	it	is	considered	more	likely	than	not	that	there	will	be	
suitable	taxable	profits	from	which	the	underlying	timing	differences	can	be	deducted	or	where	there	are	deferred	tax	
liabilities	against	which	the	assets	can	be	recovered.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

123

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

2.8 Leases
Lease	arrangements	entered	into	by	the	Company	are	assessed	at	the	inception	of	the	lease	and	classified	as	either	
an	operating	or	a	finance	lease.	A	lease	is	classified	as	a	finance	lease	if	it	transfers	substantially	all	the	risks	and	
rewards	of	incidental	ownership	to	the	lessee.	All	other	lease	arrangements	are	classified	as	operating	leases.

Rentals	payable	under	operating	leases	are	recognised	in	the	profit	and	loss	account	on	a	straight	line	basis	over	
the	periods	of	the	leases.	Assets	acquired	under	finance	leases	are	capitalised	and	the	outstanding	future	lease	
obligations	are	shown	under	creditors.

2.9 Foreign currencies
Transactions	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	the	exchange	rate	ruling	at	the	date	of	
the	transaction.	Foreign	currency	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	are	translated	into	Sterling	at	rates	of	exchange	ruling	
at	the	balance	sheet	date.	All	other	exchange	differences	are	dealt	with	in	the	profit	and	loss	account.

2.10 Pensions
The	Company	offers	defined	contribution	pension	arrangements	to	certain	employees.	Payments	to	defined	
contribution	pension	schemes	are	expensed	as	incurred.	The	Company	does	not	operate	any	defined	benefit	pension	
arrangements.

2.11 Provisions
A	provision	is	recognised	when	there	is	a	present	obligation,	whether	legal	or	constructive,	as	a	result	of	a	past	event	
for	which	it	is	probable	that	a	transfer	of	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation	and	a	reliable	
estimate	can	be	made	of	the	amount	of	the	obligation.	Provisions	in	respect	of	deferred	taxation	are	dealt	with	in	the	
accounting	policy	above.	Provisions	in	respect	of	deferred	contingent	consideration	for	acquisitions	are	made	at	the	
Directors’	best	estimate	of	the	likely	consideration	payable	taking	account	of	the	performance	criteria	which	affect	the	
level	of	contingent	consideration.

Provisions	are	determined	by	discounting	the	expected	future	cash	flow	at	a	pre-tax	rate	that	reflects	current	market	
assessments	of	the	time	value	of	money	and	the	risks	specific	to	the	liability.	The	unwinding	of	the	discount	rate	is	
recognised	as	finance	cost.

A	provision	for	onerous	contracts	is	recognised	when	the	expected	benefits	to	be	derived	by	the	Group	from	a	
contract	are	lower	than	the	unavoidable	costs	of	meeting	its	obligations	under	the	contract.	The	provision	is	measured	
at	the	present	value	of	the	lower	of	the	expected	cost	of	terminating	the	contract	and	the	expected	net	cost	of	
continuing	with	the	contract.	Before	a	provision	is	established,	the	Group	recognises	any	impairment	loss	on	the	
assets	associated	with	the	contract.

2.12 Bank borrowings and financing costs
Interest-bearing	bank	loans	and	overdrafts	are	stated	at	the	amount	of	the	proceeds	received,	net	of	financing	costs	
(including	Revolving	Credit	Facility	fees	and	redemption	premia)	where	the	intention	is	to	hold	the	debt	instrument	to	
maturity.	Financing	costs	are	amortised	over	the	expected	term	of	the	loan	so	as	to	produce	a	constant	rate	of	return	
over	the	period	to	the	date	of	expected	redemption.	

In	instances	where	the	Company	has	an	early	redemption	option,	the	term	over	which	financing	costs	are	amortised	is	
the	period	to	the	earliest	date	the	option	can	be	exercised,	unless	there	is	no	genuine	commercial	possibility	that	the	
option	will	be	exercised.

2.13 Share-based payments
Some	Directors	and	employees	are	granted	share	options	which	may,	if	certain	performance	criteria	are	met,	allow	
these	employees	to	acquire	shares	in	the	Company.	The	specific	schemes	are	detailed	in	note	33	to	the	Group’s	
financial	statements	and	include	both	market	and	non-market	based	schemes.

The	fair	value	of	options	granted	after	7	November	2002	are	recognised	as	an	employee	expense	with	a	
corresponding	increase	in	equity.	The	fair	value	is	measured	at	grant	date	and	spread	over	the	period	during	which	the	

124

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSemployees	become	unconditionally	entitled	to	the	options.	The	fair	value	of	the	options	granted	is	measured	using	an	
option	pricing	model,	taking	into	account	the	terms	and	conditions	upon	which	the	options	were	granted.	The	amount	
recognised	as	an	expense	is	adjusted	to	reflect	the	actual	number	of	share	awards	that	vest	except	where	variations	
are	due	only	to	share	prices	not	achieving	the	threshold	for	vesting.

The	fair	value	of	options	granted	under	non-market	based	schemes	are	recorded	in	the	same	way,	however	the	fair	
value	is	reassessed	at	each	reporting	date,	with	the	corresponding	change	in	fair	value	recorded	as	an	expense	with	a	
corresponding	credit	being	recognised	directly	in	equity.

Where	the	Company	grants	options	over	its	own	shares	to	the	employees	of	its	subsidiaries	it	recognises,	in	its	
individual	financial	statements,	an	increase	in	the	cost	of	investment	in	its	subsidiaries	equivalent	to	the	equity-settled	
share-based	payment	charge	recognised	in	its	consolidated	financial	statements	with	the	corresponding	credit	being	
recognised	directly	in	equity.

2.14 Own shares held by the Regenersis Employee Benefits Trust
Transactions	of	the	Company-sponsored	EBT	are	treated	as	being	those	of	the	Company	and	are	therefore	reflected	
in	the	Parent	Company	and	Group	Financial	Statements.	In	particular,	the	trust’s	purchases	of	shares	in	the	Company	
are	debited	directly	to	equity.

3.Staff costs
Please	see	disclosure	note	9	to	the	Group’s	financial	statements.

Disclosure	of	individual	Directors’	remuneration	is	included	in	the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	61	to	64.

4. Goodwill 

Cost
1	July	2012,	30	June	2013	and	30	June	2014

Amortisation
1	July	2014
Amortisation	charge	for	the	year
30 June 2015

Net book value
30 June 2015
30	June	2014

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

£’000

16,854

11,622
843
12,465

4,389
5,232

125

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

5. Tangible assets

Cost
At	1	July	2014
Additions
Disposals
At 30 June 2015

Depreciation
1	July	2014
Charge	for	the	year
On	disposals
At 30 June 2015

Net book value
30 June 2015
30	June	2014

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Computer 
Equipment
£’000

Fixtures and 
Fittings
£’000

260
—
(23)
237

102
51
(7)
146

91
158

1,005
262
(1,267)
—

305
325
(630)
—

—
700

69
—
(69)
—

24
10
(34)
—

—
45

Total
£‘000

1,334
262
(1,359)
237

431
386
(671)
146

91
903

During	the	year	a	number	of	the	assets	were	transferred	to	a	subsidiary	company.	These	assets	were	transferred	at	
net	book	value	and	no	profit	on	disposal	was	recorded.

6. Fixed asset investments

Cost
At	1	July	2014
Additions
Disposals
At 30 June 2015

Impairment
1	July	2014
Charge	for	the	year
At 30 June 2015

Net book value
30 June 2015
30	June	2014

Shares in 
subsidiary 
undertakings
£’000

52,662
3,465
(19,987)
36,140

10,370
522
10,892

25,248
42,292

The	additions	within	the	year	relate	to	additional	investments	in	Regenersis	Finance	Limited	and	Regenersis	Mobile	
Diagnostics	Inc.

The	disposal	in	the	year	relates	to	Regenersis	Recommerce	Limited.	In	addition	there	were	transfers	to	other	
companies	within	the	Group	of	Regenersis	Finance	Limited	and	Regenersis	Mobile	Diagnostics	Inc.

126

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS7. Debtors
Amounts	falling	due	within	one	year

Trade	receivables
Amounts	due	from	subsidiaries
Deferred	tax	asset	(note	8)
Prepayments,	other	debtors	and	accrued	income

8. Deferred tax assets

At	1	July	2014
Credit/(charge)	for	the	year	
At 30 June 2015

2015
£’000
87
108,017
950
1,638
110,692

Depreciation 
in excess 
of capital 
allowances
£’000
57
96
153

Other 
timing 
differences
£’000
373
424	
797

2014
£’000
332
75,640
430
2,051
78,453

Total
£’000
430
520	
950

Deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	they	are	considered	recoverable	against	future	profits	of	the	
Company.	No	deferred	tax	asset	has	been	recognised	in	relation	to	tax	losses	amounting	to	£0.7	million	(2014:	£1.0	
million).

9. Creditors  - amounts falling due within one year

Trade	creditors
Bank	overdraft
Amounts	due	to	subsidiaries
Accruals	and	deferred	income

10. Creditors - amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank	loans	and	other	borrowings

2015
£’000
632
10,302
—
1,090
12,024

2015
£’000
4,335

2014
£’000
462
—
614
4,119
5,195

2014
£’000
19

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

127

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

for the year ended 30 June 2015

11. Bank and other borrowings

Due after more than one year:
Secured	bank	loan

Repayable:
In	the	first	to	second	years	inclusive
In	the	third	to	fifth	years	inclusive

2015
£’000

4,335

4,335
—

2014
£’000

19

—
19

The	bank	borrowing	is	secured	on	the	majority	of	the	Group’s	assets	for	the	duration	of	the	Revolving	Credit	Facility.	
The	total	facility	available	to	the	Group	as	at	30	June	2015	totalled	£39.0	million	(2014:	£39.0	million),	of	which	£4.6	
million	(2014:	£0.5	million)	had	been	drawn	down	in	cash,	resulting	in	an	unutilised	facility	of	£34.4	million	(2014:	£38.5	
million).	Borrowing	costs	of	£0.3	million	(2013:	£0.5	million)	are	set-off	against	the	amount	owing	at	year	end.

12. Provisions

At 1 July 2014
Unused	amounts	released
Paid	in	the	period
At 30 June 2015

Provisions	are	analysed	between	current	and	non-current	as	follows:

Current
Non-current

Onerous
Leases 
£’000
2,958
(226)
(1,824)
908

Dilapidations
£’000
493
—
—
493

Total
£’000
3,451
(226)
(1,824)
1,401

2015
£’000
372
1,029
1,401

Provisions	relate	to	onerous	lease	and	dilapidation	provisions	relating	to	the	restructuring	in	Glasgow,	covering	residual	
lease	commitments	which	expire	between	2017	and	2019.	

13. Operating lease commitments

Lease expiry:
Within	one	year
Between	one	and	five	years

2015
Land & 
buildings
£’000

2014
Land & 
buildings
£’000

115
96
211

115
212
327

The	operating	lease	commitment	relates	to	the	rental	of	the	London	office	which	is	due	to	expire	in	April	2017.	During	
the	year,	the	premises	were	sublet	to	Hanover	Investor	Management	LLP	until	April	2017	for	a	fee	of	£188,000	per	
year.

128

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS14. Share-based payments
The	share	options	outstanding	for	the	Company	are	the	same	as	for	the	Group	and	are	disclosed	in	note	33	to	the	
Group’s	Financial	Statements.

15. Share capital
The	movements	on	share	capital	are	disclosed	in	note	32	to	the	Group’s	Financial	Statements.	

16. Reserves

At	1	July	2014
Share	premium	conversion
Share-based	payments
Buy-back	of	treasury	shares
Dividends	issued
Retained	loss	for	the	year
At 30 June 2015

Share 
premium 
account
£’000
121,737
(70,000)
—
—
—
—
51,737

Merger 
reserve
£’000
4,034
—
—
—
—
—
4,034

Retained 
earnings
£’000
3,490
70,000
914
(3,673)
(3,381)
(2,042)
65,308

Total
£’000
129,261
—
914
(3,673)
(3,381)
(2,042)
121,079

17. Subsequent Events
Regenersis	Plc	sold	its	holdings	in	the	following	companies	to	Regenersis	(Depot)	Services	Limited	for	the	
considerations	listed:

Company
Regenersis	(Glasgow)	Limited
Regenersis	(SCS	Partnership)	Limited
Regenersis	(Spain)	Limited
Regenersis	Digital	Care	Limited
Regenersis	(Glenrothes)	Limited

Regenersis	Istanbul	Teknoloji	Danısmanlıgı Limited Sirketi 
Regenersis	(South	Africa)	Pty	

Shareholding
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
99.5%

Date of Transaction
18th	August	2015
27th	August	2015
27th	August	2015
27th	August	2015
27th	August	2015
31st	August	2015

100%

21st	September	2015

Consideration
£1
£1
£1
£1
£13,231,694
£1

£1,274,916

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

129

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Our FinancialsNotice of Annual General Meeting

Notice	is	given	that	the	tenth	Annual	General	Meeting	of	Regenersis	Plc	(“the	Company”)	will	be	held	at	12	noon	on	
Wednesday	25	November	2015	at	Peel	Hunt	LLP,	Moor	House,	120	London	Wall,	London	EC2Y	5ET	to	consider	the	
following	resolutions	of	which	numbers	1	to	11	will	be	proposed	as	ordinary	resolutions	and	numbers	12	and	13	as	
special	resolutions:

1)	 To	receive	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015.	

2)	 To	approve	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015.

3)	 To	declare	a	final	dividend	of	3.35	pence	per	ordinary	share.	

4)	 To	re-elect	Jog	Dhody	as	a	Director	of	the	Company.

5)	 To	elect	Frank	Blin	as	a	Director	of	the	Company.

6)	 To	elect	Pat	Clawson	as	a	Director	of	the	Company.

7)	 To	elect	Ian	Powell	as	a	Director	of	the	Company.

8)	 To	elect	Tom	Skelton	as	a	Director	of	the	Company.

9)	 To	reappoint	KPMG	LLP	as	auditor	of	the	Company	to	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	General	Meeting	

at	which	accounts	are	laid	before	the	members.	

10)	 To	authorise	the	Directors	to	determine	the	remuneration	of	the	auditor.

11)	 That,	the	Directors	be	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	in	accordance	with	section	551	of	the	Companies	
Act	2006	(“the	Act”)	and	in	substitution	for	all	existing	authorities	under	that	section,	to	exercise	all	the	powers	
of	the	Company	to	allot	shares	in	the	Company	or	to	grant	rights	to	subscribe	for,	or	to	convert	any	security	
into,	shares	in	the	Company	(“Rights”)	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£526,817.33	during	the	period	
commencing	on	the	date	of	the	passing	of	this	resolution	and	expiring	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or	on	25	February	2017,	whichever	is	earlier,	and	provided	further	that	the	
Company	shall	be	entitled	before	such	expiry	to	make	an	offer	or	agreement	which	would	or	might	require	shares	
to	be	allotted	or	Rights	to	be	granted	after	such	expiry	and	the	Directors	shall	be	entitled	to	allot	shares	and	grant	
Rights	under	such	offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	authority	had	not	expired.

12)	 That,	subject	to	the	passing	of	resolution	11	above,	the	Directors	be	empowered	under	section	570	of	the	Act	
to	allot	equity	securities	as	defined	in		section	560	of	the	Act,	as	if	section	561(1)	of	the	Act	did	not	apply	to	
any	such	allotment,	provided	that	this	power	shall	be	limited	to	the	allotment	or	allotments	of	equity	securities	
up	to	a	nominal	amount	or	(in	the	case	of	any	other	equity	securities)	giving	the	right	to	subscribe	for	or	convert	
into	relevant	shares	having	a	nominal	amount,	not	exceeding	in	aggregate	£158,045.20	and	this	power	shall	
expire,	unless	previously	revoked,	renewed	or	varied,	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	
the	Company	or	on	25	February	2017,	whichever	is	the	earlier,	except	that	the	Company	may	before	such	expiry	
make	offers	or	agreements	which	would	or	might	require	equity	securities	to	be	allotted	after	such	expiry	and	the	
directors	may	allot	securities	under	such	offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	power	had	not	expired.

130

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGS13)	 That	the	Company	be	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	for	the	purposes	of	section	701	of	the	Act	to	make	
market	purchases	(within	the	meaning	of	section	693(4)	of	the	Act)	of	ordinary	shares	of	2	pence	each	in	the	
capital	of	the	Company	(“Shares”),	provided	that:

(a)	 the	Company	does	not	purchase	under	this	authority	more	than	7,902,260	shares;

(b)	 the	Company	does	not	pay	less	than	2	pence	for	each	share

(c)	 the	Company	does	not	pay	more	for	each	share	than	5%	over	the	average	of	the	middle	market	price	of	
the	ordinary	shares	for	the	five	business	days	immediately	before	the	date	on	which	the	company	agrees	
to	buy	the	shares	concerned,	based	on	share	prices	published	in	the	Daily	Official	List	of	the	London	Stock	
Exchange;

such	authority	shall	continue	in	force	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company,	
or	on	25	February	2017	whichever	is	the	earlier,	provided	that,	if	the	Company	has	agreed	before	this	date	to	
purchase	ordinary	shares	where	these	purchases	will	or	may	be	executed	after	the	authority	terminates	(either	
wholly	or	in	part),	the	Company	may	complete	such	processes.

By	Order	of	the	Board

Lorraine Young  
For and on behalf of Lorraine Young Company Secretaries Limited 
Company Secretary

23	October	2015

Registered Office
190 High Street 
Tonbridge 
Kent TN9 1BE

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

131

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Other InformationNotice of Annual General Meeting continued

Explanation of Business

Resolution 1: To receive the report and accounts
Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	present	the	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	of	the	Company	to	shareholders	in	
respect	of	each	financial	year.	

Resolution 2: To approve the remuneration report
As	the	Company’s	shares	are	traded	on	AIM,	it	is	not	required	to	put	the	Remuneration	Report	to	shareholders	for	
approval.	However,	the	Directors	recognise	the	importance	of	adopting	best	practice	corporate	governance	and	
are	therefore	putting	the	Remuneration	Report	to	shareholders	for	approval	voluntarily.	The	Remuneration	Report	is	
set	out	on	pages	61	to	64	of	the	Annual	Report.	It	describes	the	Group’s	policy	on	remuneration	and	gives	details	
of	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	year	ended	30	June	2015.	The	vote	is	advisory	and	does	not	affect	the	actual	
remuneration	paid	to	any	individual	Director.

Resolution 3: To declare a final dividend
A	final	dividend	on	3.35	pence	per	ordinary	share	is	proposed.	An	interim	dividend	of	1.65	pence	per	ordinary	share	
was	paid	during	the	year.	If	approved,	the	final	dividend	will	be	paid	on	3	December	2015	to	shareholders	on	the	
register	at	the	close	of	business	on	6	November	2015.

Resolutions 4 to 8: To re-elect Directors
Jog	Dhody	is	retiring	by	rotation	under	the	articles	of	association	and	offers	himself	for	re-election.	Frank	Blin	was	
appointed	on	1	December	2014	and	Patrick	Clawson,	Ian	Powell	and	Tom	Skelton,	were	appointed	on	1	October	
2015.	In	accordance	with	the	articles	of	association,	any	directors	appointed	by	the	Board	during	the	year	are	to	offer	
themselves	for	election	at	the	first	annual	general	meeting	following	their	appointment.	Directors’	biographical	details	
are	given	on	pages	44	to	46	of	the	Annual	Report.

Resolutions 9 and 10: To reappoint the auditor and authorise the Board to determine 
their remuneration
The	Company	is	required	to	reappoint	the	auditor	at	each	General	Meeting	at	which	accounts	are	laid	before	the	
members.	The	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	the	effectiveness,	independence	and	objectivity	of	the	external	auditor,	
KPMG	LLP,	on	behalf	of	the	Board	and	recommends	their	reappointment.	

Resolution	10	authorises	the	Directors,	in	accordance	with	standard	practice,	to	negotiate	and	determine	the	
remuneration	of	the	auditor.	In	practice,	the	Audit	Committee	will	consider	the	audit	fees	for	recommendation	to	the	
Board.

Resolution 11: Directors’ authority to allot shares
At	the	2014	Annual	General	Meeting,	the	Directors	were	given	authority	to	allot	shares	in	the	Company	and	Resolution	
11	seeks	to	renew	that	authority	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	or	25	February	2017,	
whichever	is	earlier.	The	resolution	would	give	the	Directors	authority	to	allot	ordinary	shares,	and	grant	rights	to	
subscribe	for	or	convert	any	security	into	shares	in	the	Company,	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	value	of	£526,817.33.	
This	amount	represents	one-third	of	the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	16	October	2015,	the	
latest	practicable	date	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	document.	The	Directors	have	no	present	intention	to	allot	new	
shares	other	than	in	connection	with	employee	share	and	incentive	plans.	

132

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSResolution 12: Disapplication of pre-emption rights
If	Directors	of	a	Company	wish	to	allot	shares	in	the	Company,	or	to	sell	treasury	shares,	for	cash	(other	than	in	
connection	with	an	employee	share	scheme)	company	law	requires	that	these	shares	are	offered	first	to	shareholders	
in	proportion	to	their	existing	holdings.	

The	purpose	of	Resolution	12	is	to	authorise	the	Directors	to	allot	ordinary	shares	in	the	Company,	or	sell	treasury	
shares,	for	cash	(i)	in	connection	with	a	rights	issue;	and,	otherwise,	(ii)	up	to	a	nominal	value	of	£158,045.20,	
equivalent	to	ten	per	cent	of	the	total	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	16	October	2015	without	the	
shares	first	being	offered	to	existing	shareholders	in	proportion	to	their	holdings.	This	level	of	authority	is	required	in	
order	to	give	the	Company	flexibility	in	the	event	of	acquisition	opportunities	and	major	shareholders	will	be	consulted	
in	advance	of	the	authority	being	exercised.	

The	Directors	do	not	intend	to	issue	more	than	7.5%	of	the	total	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	for	
cash	on	a	non-pre-emptive	basis	within	any	rolling	three-year	period	without	prior	consultation	with	shareholders.

Resolution 13: Authority to buy back shares
Under	company	law,	the	Company	requires	authorisation	from	shareholders	if	it	wishes	to	purchase	its	own	shares.	
Resolution	13	seeks	to	renew	the	authority	given	at	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting.	The	resolution	specifies	the	
maximum	number	of	shares	that	may	be	purchased	(approximately	10%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital)	and	
the	highest	and	lowest	prices	at	which	they	may	be	bought.	

If	the	Company	buys	back	its	own	shares	it	may	cancel	them	immediately	or	hold	them	in	treasury.	Treasury	shares	
may	be	sold	for	cash,	cancelled	or	used	to	satisfy	awards	under	employee	share	schemes.	The	Directors	believe	that	
it	is	desirable	for	the	Company	to	have	this	choice	as	it	will	give	flexibility	in	the	management	of	its	capital	base.	It	is	
therefore	likely	that	the	Company	would	hold	any	shares	purchased	under	this	authority	in	treasury.	However,	in	order	
to	respond	properly	to	the	Company’s	capital	requirements	and	prevailing	market	conditions,	the	Directors	would	
need	to	assess	the	most	appropriate	course	of	action	at	the	time	of	any	actual	purchase.

The	Directors	have	no	present	intention	of	exercising	this	authority	but	will	keep	under	review	the	Company’s	potential	
to	buy	back	its	shares,	taking	into	account	other	investment	and	funding	opportunities.	The	authority	will	only	be	used	
if	in	the	opinion	of	the	Directors	this	will	result	in	an	increase	in	earnings	per	share	or	would	otherwise	be	in	the	best	
interests	of	shareholders	generally.	

No	dividends	will	be	paid	on,	and	no	voting	rights	will	be	exercised	in	respect	of,	treasury	shares.	

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

133

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Other InformationNotice of Annual General Meeting continued

Explanatory Notes to the Notice of Meeting

Entitlement to appoint proxies
1)	 Members	are	entitled	to	appoint	a	proxy	to	exercise	all	or	any	of	their	rights	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	on	their	behalf	

at	the	meeting.	A	shareholder	may	appoint	more	than	one	proxy	in	relation	to	the	AGM	provided	that	each	proxy	is	
appointed	to	exercise	the	rights	attached	to	a	different	share	or	shares	held	by	the	shareholder.	A	proxy	need	not	be	
a	member	of	the	Company.	If	shareholders	return	a	form	of	proxy	they	will	still	be	able	to	attend	the	AGM,	speak	and	
vote	in	person	if	they	wish.	

Appointing Proxies
2)	 A	shareholder	wishing	to	appoint	one	or	more	proxies	can	do	so	by:	

(a)	 Completing	the	accompanying	form	of	proxy	and	returning	it	to	Computershare	Investor	Services	PLC,	The	
Pavilions,	Bridgwater	Road,	Bristol	BS99	6ZY	(together	with	any	power	of	attorney	or	other	written	authority	
under	which	it	is	signed);	or		

(b)	 Submitting	your	proxy	electronically	by	using	the	CREST	proxy	service.	CREST	members	may	appoint	a	
proxy	or	proxies	electronically	via	Computershare	(ID	number	3RA50)	in	accordance	with	note	4	below.	

To	appoint	more	than	one	proxy,	you	may	either	photocopy	the	form	of	proxy	accompanying	this	Notice	
or	contact	Computershare	on	0390	889	4099	to	request	additional	forms	of	proxy.	If	more	than	one	proxy	
appointment	is	returned	in	respect	of	the	same	shareholding,	the	proxy	last	received	by	Computershare	before	
the	latest	time	for	the	receipt	of	proxies	will	take	precedence.	To	be	valid,	any	proxy	form	or	other	instrument	
appointing	a	proxy	must	be	deposited	with	Computershare	or	lodged	via	the	CREST	proxy	service	(in	each	case)	
no	later	than	12	noon	on	Monday	23	November	2015.

Electronic proxy appointment through CREST
3)	 CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	a	proxy	or	proxies	using	the	CREST	electronic	proxy	appointment	service	
may	do	so	by	following	the	procedures	described	in	the	CREST	Manual.	CREST	personal	members	or	other	
CREST	sponsored	members,	and	those	CREST	members	who	have	appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	
should	refer	to	their	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	provider(s),	who	will	be	able	to	take	the	appropriate	action	
on	their	behalf.

4)	

In	order	for	a	proxy	appointment	made	by	means	of	CREST	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	CREST	message	(a	
‘CREST	Proxy	Instruction’)	must	be	properly	authenticated	in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	Ireland	Limited	
(‘EUI’)	specifications	and	must	contain	the	information	required	for	such	instructions,	as	described	in	the	CREST	
Manual.	The	message,	regardless	of	whether	it	relates	to	the	appointment	of	a	proxy	or	to	an	amendment	to	the	
instructions	given	to	a	previously	appointed	proxy	must,	in	order	to	be	valid,	be	transmitted	so	as	to	be	received	
by	the	issuer’s	agent	(ID	3RA50)	by	12	noon	on	Monday	23	November	2015.	

For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	determined	by	the	timestamp	applied	to	
the	message	by	the	CREST	Applications	Host)	from	which	the	issuer’s	agent	is	able	to	retrieve	the	message	
by	enquiry	to	CREST	in	the	manner	prescribed	by	CREST.	After	this	time,	any	change	of	instructions	to	proxies	
appointed	through	CREST	should	be	communicated	to	the	appointee	through	other	means.	

5)	 CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	their	CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	provider(s)	should	note	that	

EUI	does	not	make	available	special	procedures	in	CREST	for	any	particular	messages.	Normal	system	timings	
and	limitations	will	therefore	apply	in	relation	to	the	input	of	CREST	Proxy	Instructions.	It	is	the	responsibility	of	
the	CREST	member	concerned	to	take	(or,	if	the	CREST	member	is	a	CREST	personal	member	or	sponsored	
member	or	has	appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	to	procure	that	his	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	
provider(s)	take(s))	such	action	as	shall	be	necessary	to	ensure	that	a	message	is	transmitted	by	means	of	
the	CREST	system	by	any	particular	time.	In	this	connection,	CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	their	
CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	provider(s)	are	referred,	in	particular,	to	those	sections	of	the	CREST	Manual	

134

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSconcerning	practical	limitations	of	the	CREST	system	and	timings.

6)	 The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	CREST	Proxy	Instruction	in	the	circumstances	set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	

of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001.

Joint holders
7)	

In	the	case	of	joint	holdings,	only	one	holder	needs	to	sign	the	form	of	proxy.	The	vote	of	the	senior	holder	who	
tenders	a	vote	shall	be	accepted	to	the	exclusion	of	the	votes	of	the	other	joint	holders,	seniority	for	this	purpose	
being	determined	by	the	order	in	which	the	names	stand	in	the	register	of	members.

Entitlement to attend and vote
8)	

In	accordance	with	Regulation	41	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001,	only	those	whose	names	
are	on	the	register	of	members	of	the	Company	at	the	close	of	business	two	days	(excluding	non-working	days)	
before	the	meeting	or	any	adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	entitled	to	attend	or	vote	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	the	
number	of	shares	registered	in	their	name	at	that	time.	Changes	to	entries	in	the	register	of	members	after	that	
time	shall	be	disregarded	in	determining	the	rights	of	any	person	to	attend	or	vote	at	the	meeting.

Corporate Representatives
9)	 Any	corporation	which	is	a	member	can	appoint	one	or	more	corporate	representatives	who	may	exercise	on	its	

behalf	all	of	its	powers	as	a	member	provided	that	they	do	not	do	so	in	relation	to	the	same	shares.

Voting Rights
10)	 As	at	22	October	2015	(being	the	last	business	day	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	Notice),	the	Company’s	issued	
share	capital	consisted	of	79,022,599	ordinary	shares,	carrying	one	vote	each.	There	were	no	shares	held	in	
treasury,	therefore	the	total	voting	rights	in	the	Company	as	at	that	date	were	79,022,599.	

Communicating with the Company in relation to the AGM
11)	 Except	as	provided	above,	shareholders	wishing	to	communicate	with	the	Company	in	relation	to	the	AGM	should	

write	to	the	Company	Secretary,	Regenersis	Plc,	190	High	Street,	Tonbridge,	Kent,	TN9	1BE.

12)	 You	may	not	use	any	electronic	address	provided	either	in	this	Notice	or	any	related	documents	(including	the	

proxy	form),	to	communicate	with	the	Company	for	any	purposes	other	than	those	expressly	stated.

Inspection of documents 
13)	 Copies	of	the	Executive	Directors’	service	contracts	and	Non-executive	Directors’	letters	of	appointment	will	be	
available	for	inspection	during	normal	business	hours	at	the	registered	office	of	Regenersis	Plc,	190	High	Street,	
Tonbridge,	Kent,	TN9	1BE.	They	will	also	be	available	for	inspection	at	the	AGM	venue	for	at	least	15	minutes	
before	the	meeting	until	its	conclusion.	

Voting Results
14)		The	Company	will	publish	the	results	of	the	AGM	via	a	regulatory	announcement	and	on	its	website	www.

regenersis.com.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

135

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Other InformationGlossary

Adjusted Earnings Per Share:	Basic	earnings	per	
share	excluding	amortisation	or	impairment	of	acquired	
intangible	assets	and	development	costs	capitalised,	
amortisation	of	bank	fees,	exceptional	restructuring	
costs,	acquisition	costs,	share-based	payments,	losses	
on	disposal	of	investments	and	jointly	controlled	entities,	
unwinding	of	the	discounted	contingent	consideration,	
adjustments	to	estimates	of	contingent	consideration	and	
tax	impacts	of	the	above	‘Adjusted	earnings	per	share’	is	
the	key	earnings	per	share	measure	used	by	the	Board.	

Advanced Solutions (segment):	This	Advanced	
Solutions	segment	includes:	

	— The	Set	Top	Box	activities	in	Glenrothes;

	— The	Set	Top	Box	Diagnostics	business	which	started	in	
2011	-	including	the	In-Field	Tester	business	and	other	
remote	diagnostics	capabilities	covering	countries	
including	the	USA,	South	Africa	and	Belgium;

	— The	Digital	Care	Insurance	business	which	started	in	

2013,	with	activities	principally	in	Poland.

APAC:	the	Asia	Pacific	region.

B2B:	Business	to	business	transactions.

Basic Earnings Per Share:	Profit	after	tax	attributable	to	
the	equity	holders	of	the	Company,	stated	per	share.	

Capital Expenditure:	Expenditure	on	property,	plant	and	
equipment,	intangible	assets,	and	capitalised	R&D.

Contingent Consideration: A	future	cash	payment	
for	vendors	of	acquired	companies,	contingent	on	that	
company’s	performance	in	a	pre-determined	period	after	
acquisition.	This	is	reported	within	the	balance	sheet	and	
reassessed	at	each	reporting	period.

Corporate Costs:	Costs	incurred	by	central	departments	
for	the	benefit	of	the	Group	as	a	whole	and	which	cannot	
be	allocated	to	specific	business	Divisions	or	subsidiaries.

Digital Care:	Part	of	the	Software	and	Advanced	
Solutions	division	which	operates	in	insurance	activities.	

Diluted Adjusted Earnings Per Share:	Adjusted	
earnings	per	share	stated	after	adjustments	to	the	
number	of	shares	for	convertible	share	options.

Diluted Earnings Per Share:	Basic	earnings	per	share	
stated	after	adjustments	to	the	number	of	shares	for	
convertible	share	options.

Earn-out:	See	‘Contingent	Consideration’

Forward Contracts (currency hedging):	A	banking	
mechanism	for	fixing	the	future	exchange	rates	for	
known	and	committed	cash	flows	in	order	to	mitigate	the	
exposure	of	the	Group	to	movements	on	exchange	rates	
for	these	cash	flows.

Gross Debt:	The	total	external	borrowings	of	the	Group,	
net	of	capitalised	bank	fees.

Headline Cash Conversion:	Headline	Operating	Cash	
Flow	stated	as	a	percentage	of	Headline	Operating	Profit.

Headline Operating Cash Flow:	Operating	cash	flow	
excluding	taxation,	interest	payments	and	receipts,	
acquisition	costs,	and	exceptional	restructuring	costs.	
This	is	the	key	operating	cash	flow	measure	used	by	the	
Board	to	assess	the	underlying	cash	flow	of	the	Group.	

Headline Operating Margin:	Headline	Operating	Profit	
stated	as	a	percentage	of	revenue.

Headline Operating Profit:	Operating	profit	stated	
before	amortisation	or	impairment	of	acquired	intangible	
assets	and	development	expenditure	capitalised,	
acquisition	costs,	exceptional	restructuring	costs,	share-
based	payments	and	disposal	of	subsidiaries.	This	is	
the	key	profit	measure	used	by	the	Board	to	assess	
the	underlying	financial	performance	of	the	operating	
divisions	and	the	Group	as	a	whole.

.	

Depot Solutions (division):	The	Depot	Solutions	Division	
provides	the	Group’s	geographic	infrastructure	and	core	
repair	service,	focusing	on	continuous	improvement,	
common	operating	practices,	IT	platforms	and	
efficiency.	It	includes	the	operations	in	the	UK	(excluding	
Glenrothes),	Germany,	Poland,	Romania,	Turkey,	South	
Africa,	Spain,	Argentina,	Mexico,	India,	Portugal,	Russia,	
the	USA	and	the	Czech	Republic

136

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSIFT:	‘In-Field	Tester’	business	which	offers	a	diagnostic	
hardware	which	is	used	by	field	engineers	to	test	Set	Top	
Box	devices	in	the	end	customer’s	home	

Live Environment (data erasure):	Data	erasure	within	
active	computer	applications,	including	servers	and	
networks	of	computers.	The	main	application	is	for	data	
that	has	expired	on	systems	or	where	unnecessary	
duplication	of	data	exists,	and	to	provide	selective	
erasure	of	that	data.

M&A:	Mergers	and	acquisitions.	This	is	the	Group’s	
activity	in	acquisitions	of	other	companies,	both	to	full	
and	part	ownership.

Net Cash:	Cash	stated	after	offsetting	gross	debt	against	
cash	reserves.

Non-controlling interest:	Regenersis	does	not	fully	
own	some	of	its	subsidiaries,	and	for	those	in	which	
the	ownership	is	shared,	the	other	party	is	the	‘non-
controlling	interest’.	This	is	relevant	for	all	subsidiaries	in	
which	Regenersis	owns	(directly	or	indirectly)	between	
50%	and	99%	of	the	share	capital;	in	the	current	and	
prior	period	these	are	only	some	Blancco	sales	offices.	At	
the	end	of	each	reporting	period,	the	Group	must	allocate	
the	non-controlling	interest,	its	share	of	profits	and	net	
assets	in	the	subsidiary	in	which	the	ownership	is	shared,	
which	are	recorded	through	the	Consolidated	Income	
Statement	and	Consolidated	Balance	Sheet	respectively.

OEM:	An	‘‘Original	Equipment	Manufacturer’’.

Oktra:	A	Depot	Set	Top	Box	diagnostic	tool,	developed	
in-house,	which	allows	for	simultaneous	testing	of	up	to	
eight	devices	prior	to	entry	to	the	repair	line.

Operating Cash Flow:	Cash	flows	originating	from	
transactions	in	the	core	operational	activities	of	the	
Group,	e.g.	cash	flows	resulting	from	revenues	earned	
and	expenditure	paid.	This	excludes	cash	flows	relating	
to	investing	or	financing	activities.

Operating Margin:	Operating	profit	stated	as	a	
percentage	of	revenue.

Operating Matrix:	The	combination	of	territories	and	
service	lines	in	which	the	Group	operates.

Patent Box: A	tax	scheme	whereby	profits	earned	
from	patented	technology	are	taxed	at	a	lower	rate	than	
normal	corporation	tax.	Pure-play: A	company	which	
invests	its	resources	in	a	single	line	of	business.

R&D:	Research	and	development	into	new	technologies	
to	improve	client	service,	reduce	costs	or	enhance	
revenue.

Remote Diagnostics Business:	Included	within	the	
Software	and	Advanced	Solutions	division,	this	consists	
of	the	In	Field	Tester	(“IFT”)	business	for	Set	Top	Box	
diagnostics	in	the	customer	home	and	the	Mobile	
diagnostics	business,	provided	through	the	Xcaliber	
investment	and	its	SmartChk	solution.	

Software and Advanced Solutions (division):	This	
division	comprises	of	two	segments	-	Advanced	
Solutions	and	Software.

Software (segment): The	Software	segment	includes:

	— The	Blancco	business	which	was	acquired	in	the	

previous	financial	year.	The	business	specialises	in	the	
provision	of	data	erasure	software	and	is	the	leading	
global	provider	in	this	field.

	— The	Xcaliber	smartphone	diagnostic	business	which	
has	moved	from	a	start-up,	focusseed	on	product	
development,	in	the	prior	year	to	a	busines	with	a	
product	ready	to	market	and	with	a	promising	sales	
pipeline.	The	Group	has	increased	its	investment	
in	this	business	during	the	year	from	15%	to	49%	
ownership	in	July	2014.

Subscription (revenue stream - Blancco):	Contracts	
with	customers	which	are	for	a	fixed	term,	typically	one	to	
three	years.

Working Capital:	A	measure	of	the	Group’s	current	
liquidity	by	showing	how	much	cash	has	been	invested	in	
day	to	day	trading.	Working	capital	is	the	sum	of	stock,	
current	debtors,	accrued	income,	current	creditors	and	
accrued	payments.

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

137

Regenersis Plc Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015Other InformationShareholder Notes

138

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

www.regenersis.com  Stock code: RGSLocations

Registered Office 

Regenersis	Plc
19	High	Street
Tanbridge
Kent
TN9	1BE

UK

James	Watt	Avenue	
Westwood	Park
Glenrothes,	Fife
KY7	4UA

Kingfisher	Way
Hinchingbrooke	Business	Park
Huntingdon
Cambridgeshire	
PE29	6FN

Unit	5	The	Arc
25	Colquhoun	Avenue
Hillington	Park
Glasgow
G52	4BN

Argentina

California	2082
Central	Park,	C1289AAN
Capital	Federal
Buenos	Aires

Belgium

Rue	de	Liège	70
Courzelles	6180

Czech Republic

CTPark	Teplice
Kateřinská	96
Krupka
41742	Nové	Modlany

Finland

Länsikatu	15
FIN-80110	Joensuu

Germany

An	der	Gehespitz	90
D-63263	Neu-Isenburg

Bahndamm	39
D-33758	Schloß
Holte-Stukenbrock

Erfurter	Höhe	10a
99610	Sömmerda

India

80/1,	1st	Floor,	1st	Main	Road,	3rd	Cross
New	Timber	Yard	Layout
Mysore	Road
Bangalore
560	026

Mexico

Tres	Anegas	425
Bodega	7	Col.	Nueva	Industrial	Vallejo
CP	07700	Delegación	Gustavo	A	Madero
Mexico	City,	Mexico	DF

Netherlands

WTC	Schiphol	
Schiphol	Boulevard	127
1118	BG	Schiphol

Poland

Janki
UI.	Falencka	1B
05-090	Raszyn

UI.	19	Kwietnia	31	
05-090	Raszyn

Portugal

Av.	Severiano	Falcao
Nº	6,	6ª,	2685	-378	-	Prior	–	Velho
Lisboa

Romania

92F	Timisoara	Bd
C2/C23
Sector	6	Bucharest
061334,	Romania

Russia

Elektrolitniy	proezd	3
buil	81
Moscow
115230

South Africa

Unit	C,	Alphen	Square	West
338	George	Street
Ranjespark
Midrand	
Gauteng	
1682

Marpless	Business	Park
65	Landmarks	Ave
Unit	4
Kosmosdal
Pretoria

Spain

Av.	Leonardo	Da	Vinci,	13	
Parque	Empresarial	“La	Carpetania”	
28906	

Sweden

Smedjegatan	6	3tr
13154	Nacka

Vevgatan	18
SE-504	64	Borås

Turkey

Tatlısu	Mahallesi	Şenol	Güneş	Bulvarı
Mira	Tower	Sitesi	No:2	Zemin	Kat	D:2
34775	Ümraniye,	Istanbul

United States

1228	East	7th	Avenue
Tampa	
Florida	
33605	

3919	Hickory	Hill	Rd
Memphis
Tennessee
38115

11675	Rainwater	Drive
Suite	100
Alpharetta
Georgia
30009

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8

R

e

g

e

n

e

r

s

i

s

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

5

S

t

o

c

k

C

o

d

e

:

R

G

S

Regenersis Plc

19 High Street 

Tanbridge 

Kent 

TN9 1BE

T: +44 (0)1480 482 866
Company Number

05113820

24338.04   19 October 2015 10:38 AM    Proof 8